1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===//
2 //
3 //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4 //
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7 //
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9 //
10 //  This file implements semantic analysis for declarations.
11 //
12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13 
14 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h"
15 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h"
16 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
17 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h"
18 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
27 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
28 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
29 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
30 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
31 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
32 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering.
33 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
34 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled()
35 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h"
36 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
37 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h"
38 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
39 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
40 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
41 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
42 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
43 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
44 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h"
45 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
46 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
47 #include <algorithm>
48 #include <cstring>
49 #include <functional>
50 
51 using namespace clang;
52 using namespace sema;
53 
54 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) {
55   if (OwnedType) {
56     Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr };
57     return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2));
58   }
59 
60   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr));
61 }
62 
63 namespace {
64 
65 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
66  public:
67   TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false,
68                        bool AllowTemplates=false)
69       : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass),
70         AllowClassTemplates(AllowTemplates) {
71     WantExpressionKeywords = false;
72     WantCXXNamedCasts = false;
73     WantRemainingKeywords = false;
74   }
75 
76   bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override {
77     if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) {
78       bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND);
79       bool AllowedTemplate = AllowClassTemplates && isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND);
80       return (IsType || AllowedTemplate) &&
81              (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl());
82     }
83     return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword();
84   }
85 
86  private:
87   bool AllowInvalidDecl;
88   bool WantClassName;
89   bool AllowClassTemplates;
90 };
91 
92 } // end anonymous namespace
93 
94 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier.
95 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const {
96   switch (Kind) {
97   // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a
98   // token kind is a valid type specifier
99   case tok::kw_short:
100   case tok::kw_long:
101   case tok::kw___int64:
102   case tok::kw___int128:
103   case tok::kw_signed:
104   case tok::kw_unsigned:
105   case tok::kw_void:
106   case tok::kw_char:
107   case tok::kw_int:
108   case tok::kw_half:
109   case tok::kw_float:
110   case tok::kw_double:
111   case tok::kw___float128:
112   case tok::kw_wchar_t:
113   case tok::kw_bool:
114   case tok::kw___underlying_type:
115   case tok::kw___auto_type:
116     return true;
117 
118   case tok::annot_typename:
119   case tok::kw_char16_t:
120   case tok::kw_char32_t:
121   case tok::kw_typeof:
122   case tok::annot_decltype:
123   case tok::kw_decltype:
124     return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
125 
126   default:
127     break;
128   }
129 
130   return false;
131 }
132 
133 namespace {
134 enum class UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult {
135   NotFound,
136   FoundNonType,
137   FoundType
138 };
139 } // end anonymous namespace
140 
141 /// \brief Tries to perform unqualified lookup of the type decls in bases for
142 /// dependent class.
143 /// \return \a NotFound if no any decls is found, \a FoundNotType if found not a
144 /// type decl, \a FoundType if only type decls are found.
145 static UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult
146 lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(Sema &S, const IdentifierInfo &II,
147                                 SourceLocation NameLoc,
148                                 const CXXRecordDecl *RD) {
149   if (!RD->hasDefinition())
150     return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
151   // Look for type decls in base classes.
152   UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl =
153       UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
154   for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) {
155     const CXXRecordDecl *BaseRD = nullptr;
156     if (auto *BaseTT = Base.getType()->getAs<TagType>())
157       BaseRD = BaseTT->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
158     else if (auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) {
159       // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary
160       // templates.
161       if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType())
162         continue;
163       auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl();
164       if (!TD)
165         continue;
166       if (auto *BasePrimaryTemplate =
167           dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl())) {
168         if (BasePrimaryTemplate->getCanonicalDecl() != RD->getCanonicalDecl())
169           BaseRD = BasePrimaryTemplate;
170         else if (auto *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TD)) {
171           if (const ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS =
172                   CTD->findPartialSpecialization(Base.getType()))
173             if (PS->getCanonicalDecl() != RD->getCanonicalDecl())
174               BaseRD = PS;
175         }
176       }
177     }
178     if (BaseRD) {
179       for (NamedDecl *ND : BaseRD->lookup(&II)) {
180         if (!isa<TypeDecl>(ND))
181           return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType;
182         FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType;
183       }
184       if (FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound) {
185         switch (lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, BaseRD)) {
186         case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType:
187           return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType;
188         case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType:
189           FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType;
190           break;
191         case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound:
192           break;
193         }
194       }
195     }
196   }
197 
198   return FoundTypeDecl;
199 }
200 
201 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S,
202                                                       const IdentifierInfo &II,
203                                                       SourceLocation NameLoc) {
204   // Lookup in the parent class template context, if any.
205   const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr;
206   UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl =
207       UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
208   for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext;
209        DC && FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
210        DC = DC->getParent()) {
211     // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary
212     // templates.
213     RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
214     if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate())
215       FoundTypeDecl = lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, RD);
216   }
217   if (FoundTypeDecl != UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType)
218     return nullptr;
219 
220   // We found some types in dependent base classes.  Recover as if the user
221   // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'.  We'll fully resolve the
222   // lookup during template instantiation.
223   S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup) << &II;
224 
225   ASTContext &Context = S.Context;
226   auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false,
227                                           cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD)));
228   QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II);
229 
230   CXXScopeSpec SS;
231   SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
232 
233   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
234   DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T);
235   DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc);
236   DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
237   DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
238   return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
239 }
240 
241 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope,
242 /// return the declaration of that type.
243 ///
244 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II
245 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to
246 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an
247 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that
248 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL.
249 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
250                              Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
251                              bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot,
252                              ParsedType ObjectTypePtr,
253                              bool IsCtorOrDtorName,
254                              bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo,
255                              IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) {
256   // Determine where we will perform name lookup.
257   DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr;
258   if (ObjectTypePtr) {
259     QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get();
260     if (ObjectType->isRecordType())
261       LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType);
262   } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) {
263     LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
264 
265     if (!LookupCtx) {
266       if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
267         // C++ [temp.res]p3:
268         //   A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the
269         //   nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2)
270         //   shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the
271         //   qualified-id denotes a type, forming an
272         //   elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3).
273         //
274         // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would
275         // refer to a member of an unknown specialization.
276         if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName)
277           return nullptr;
278 
279         // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type,
280         // so build a dependent node to describe the type.
281         if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo)
282           return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get();
283 
284         NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context);
285         QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc,
286                                        II, NameLoc);
287         return ParsedType::make(T);
288       }
289 
290       return nullptr;
291     }
292 
293     if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() &&
294         RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx))
295       return nullptr;
296   }
297 
298   // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of
299   // lookup for class-names.
300   LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName :
301                                       LookupOrdinaryName;
302   LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind);
303   if (LookupCtx) {
304     // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we
305     // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access
306     // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior
307     // nested-name-specifier.
308     LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx);
309 
310     if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) {
311       // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3:
312       //   If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up
313       //   in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of
314       //   the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also
315       //   looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall
316       //   find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T.
317       LookupName(Result, S);
318     }
319   } else {
320     // Perform unqualified name lookup.
321     LookupName(Result, S);
322 
323     // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into
324     // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known.
325     if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) {
326       if (ParsedType TypeInBase =
327               recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc))
328         return TypeInBase;
329     }
330   }
331 
332   NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr;
333   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
334   case LookupResult::NotFound:
335   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
336     if (CorrectedII) {
337       TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(
338           Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Kind, S, SS,
339           llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>(true, isClassName),
340           CTK_ErrorRecovery);
341       IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
342       TemplateTy Template;
343       bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
344       UnqualifiedId TemplateName;
345       TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc);
346       NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier();
347       CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS;
348       if (SS && NNS) {
349         NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
350         NewSSPtr = &NewSS;
351       }
352       if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) &&
353           // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected
354           // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names
355           // is handled elsewhere).
356           !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr &&
357             isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, nullptr, false,
358                            Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) {
359         ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr,
360                                     isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr,
361                                     IsCtorOrDtorName,
362                                     WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo);
363         if (Ty) {
364           diagnoseTypo(Correction,
365                        PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest)
366                          << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName);
367           if (SS && NNS)
368             SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
369           *CorrectedII = NewII;
370           return Ty;
371         }
372       }
373     }
374     // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through
375   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
376   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
377     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
378     return nullptr;
379 
380   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
381     // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type.  We'll
382     // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can
383     // diagnose the error then.  If we don't do this, then the error
384     // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error
385     // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type.
386     if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) {
387       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
388       return nullptr;
389     }
390 
391     // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results.
392     for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end();
393          Res != ResEnd; ++Res) {
394       if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) {
395         if (!IIDecl ||
396             (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() <
397               IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding())
398           IIDecl = *Res;
399       }
400     }
401 
402     if (!IIDecl) {
403       // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way
404       // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't
405       // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to
406       // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which
407       // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected
408       // a type name.
409       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
410       return nullptr;
411     }
412 
413     // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the
414     // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right
415     // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to
416     // perform the name lookup again.
417     break;
418 
419   case LookupResult::Found:
420     IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl();
421     break;
422   }
423 
424   assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl");
425 
426   QualType T;
427   if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) {
428     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc);
429 
430     T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
431     MarkAnyDeclReferenced(TD->getLocation(), TD, /*OdrUse=*/false);
432 
433     // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a
434     // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier
435     // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node).
436     if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) {
437       if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) {
438         // Construct a type with type-source information.
439         TypeLocBuilder Builder;
440         Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
441 
442         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
443         ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
444         ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
445         ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context));
446         return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
447       } else {
448         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
449       }
450     }
451   } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) {
452     (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc);
453     if (!HasTrailingDot)
454       T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl);
455   }
456 
457   if (T.isNull()) {
458     // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics.
459     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
460     return nullptr;
461   }
462   return ParsedType::make(T);
463 }
464 
465 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context.
466 static NestedNameSpecifier *
467 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) {
468   for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) {
469     DC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
470     auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC);
471     if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace())
472       return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND);
473     else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
474       return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(),
475                                          RD->getTypeForDecl());
476     else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
477       return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context);
478   }
479   llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?");
480 }
481 
482 /// Find the parent class with dependent bases of the innermost enclosing method
483 /// context. Do not look for enclosing CXXRecordDecls directly, or we will end
484 /// up allowing unqualified dependent type names at class-level, which MSVC
485 /// correctly rejects.
486 static const CXXRecordDecl *
487 findRecordWithDependentBasesOfEnclosingMethod(const DeclContext *DC) {
488   for (; DC && DC->isDependentContext(); DC = DC->getLookupParent()) {
489     DC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
490     if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC))
491       if (MD->getParent()->hasAnyDependentBases())
492         return MD->getParent();
493   }
494   return nullptr;
495 }
496 
497 ParsedType Sema::ActOnMSVCUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II,
498                                           SourceLocation NameLoc,
499                                           bool IsTemplateTypeArg) {
500   assert(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && "shouldn't be called in non-MSVC mode");
501 
502   NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = nullptr;
503   if (IsTemplateTypeArg && getCurScope()->isTemplateParamScope()) {
504     // If we weren't able to parse a default template argument, delay lookup
505     // until instantiation time by making a non-dependent DependentTypeName. We
506     // pretend we saw a NestedNameSpecifier referring to the current scope, and
507     // lookup is retried.
508     // FIXME: This hurts our diagnostic quality, since we get errors like "no
509     // type named 'Foo' in 'current_namespace'" when the user didn't write any
510     // name specifiers.
511     NNS = synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext);
512     Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II;
513   } else if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD =
514                  findRecordWithDependentBasesOfEnclosingMethod(CurContext)) {
515     // Build a DependentNameType that will perform lookup into RD at
516     // instantiation time.
517     NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(),
518                                       RD->getTypeForDecl());
519 
520     // Diagnose that this identifier was undeclared, and retry the lookup during
521     // template instantiation.
522     Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_undeclared_unqual_id_with_dependent_base) << &II
523                                                                       << RD;
524   } else {
525     // This is not a situation that we should recover from.
526     return ParsedType();
527   }
528 
529   QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II);
530 
531   // Build type location information.  We synthesized the qualifier, so we have
532   // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc.
533   NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder;
534   NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
535   NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context);
536 
537   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
538   DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T);
539   DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc);
540   DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
541   DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc);
542   return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
543 }
544 
545 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only*
546 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo").  If
547 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum,
548 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class).  This is used to diagnose
549 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag.
550 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
551   // Do a tag name lookup in this scope.
552   LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
553   LookupName(R, S, false);
554   R.suppressDiagnostics();
555   if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
556     if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
557       switch (TD->getTagKind()) {
558       case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct;
559       case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface;
560       case TTK_Union:  return DeclSpec::TST_union;
561       case TTK_Class:  return DeclSpec::TST_class;
562       case TTK_Enum:   return DeclSpec::TST_enum;
563       }
564     }
565 
566   return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified;
567 }
568 
569 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope,
570 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes
571 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning.
572 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example:
573 /// @code
574 /// template<class T> class A {
575 /// public:
576 ///   typedef int TYPE;
577 /// };
578 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> {
579 /// public:
580 ///   A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class.
581 /// };
582 /// @endcode
583 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) {
584   if (CurContext->isRecord()) {
585     if (SS->getScopeRep()->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super)
586       return true;
587 
588     const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType();
589 
590     CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
591     for (const auto &Base : RD->bases())
592       if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType()))
593         return true;
594     return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
595   }
596   return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
597 }
598 
599 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
600                                    SourceLocation IILoc,
601                                    Scope *S,
602                                    CXXScopeSpec *SS,
603                                    ParsedType &SuggestedType,
604                                    bool AllowClassTemplates) {
605   // We don't have anything to suggest (yet).
606   SuggestedType = nullptr;
607 
608   // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo
609   // results, in case we have something that we can suggest.
610   if (TypoCorrection Corrected =
611           CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS,
612                       llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>(
613                           false, false, AllowClassTemplates),
614                       CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
615     if (Corrected.isKeyword()) {
616       // We corrected to a keyword.
617       diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II);
618       II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
619     } else {
620       // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that.
621       if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) {
622         diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
623                      PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II);
624       } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) {
625         std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
626         bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
627                                 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr);
628         diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
629                      PDiag(diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest)
630                        << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange());
631       } else {
632         llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here");
633       }
634 
635       CXXScopeSpec tmpSS;
636       if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier())
637         tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(),
638                           SourceRange(IILoc));
639       SuggestedType =
640           getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), IILoc, S,
641                       tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false, false, nullptr,
642                       /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false,
643                       /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true);
644     }
645     return;
646   }
647 
648   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
649     // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to.
650     UnqualifiedId Name;
651     Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc);
652     CXXScopeSpec EmptySS;
653     TemplateTy TemplateResult;
654     bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
655     if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false,
656                        Name, nullptr, true, TemplateResult,
657                        MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) {
658       TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get();
659       Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName;
660       if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
661         Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here)
662           << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange();
663       }
664       return;
665     }
666   }
667 
668   // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag
669   // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead?
670 
671   if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid()))
672     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II;
673   else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false))
674     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found)
675       << II << DC << SS->getRange();
676   else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
677     unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing;
678     if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S))
679       DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing;
680 
681     Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID)
682       << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName()
683       << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc)
684       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename ");
685     SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(),
686                                       *SS, *II, IILoc).get();
687   } else {
688     assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() &&
689            "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed");
690   }
691 }
692 
693 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name
694 /// or
695 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) {
696   bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
697                        NextToken.is(tok::less);
698 
699   for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) {
700     if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I))
701       return true;
702 
703     if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I))
704       return true;
705   }
706 
707   return false;
708 }
709 
710 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result,
711                                     Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
712                                     IdentifierInfo *&Name,
713                                     SourceLocation NameLoc) {
714   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName);
715   SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS);
716   if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
717     StringRef FixItTagName;
718     switch (Tag->getTagKind()) {
719       case TTK_Class:
720         FixItTagName = "class ";
721         break;
722 
723       case TTK_Enum:
724         FixItTagName = "enum ";
725         break;
726 
727       case TTK_Struct:
728         FixItTagName = "struct ";
729         break;
730 
731       case TTK_Interface:
732         FixItTagName = "__interface ";
733         break;
734 
735       case TTK_Union:
736         FixItTagName = "union ";
737         break;
738     }
739 
740     StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back();
741     SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag)
742       << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
743       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName);
744 
745     for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end();
746          I != IEnd; ++I)
747       SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type)
748         << Name << TagName;
749 
750     // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl.
751     Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName);
752     SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS);
753     return true;
754   }
755 
756   return false;
757 }
758 
759 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier.
760 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
761                                   QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) {
762   ASTContext &Context = S.Context;
763 
764   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
765   Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
766 
767   T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T);
768   ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
769   ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
770   ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
771   return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
772 }
773 
774 Sema::NameClassification
775 Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *&Name,
776                    SourceLocation NameLoc, const Token &NextToken,
777                    bool IsAddressOfOperand,
778                    std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC) {
779   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc);
780   ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl();
781 
782   if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) {
783     NestedNameSpecInfo IdInfo(Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation());
784     BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, IdInfo, false, SS, nullptr, false);
785   }
786 
787   LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
788   LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod);
789 
790   // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into
791   // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known.
792   if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
793     if (ParsedType TypeInBase =
794             recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc))
795       return TypeInBase;
796   }
797 
798   // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically
799   // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method.
800   // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal
801   // unqualified lookup mechanism.
802   if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) {
803     ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true);
804     if (E.get() || E.isInvalid())
805       return E;
806   }
807 
808   bool SecondTry = false;
809   bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false;
810 
811 Corrected:
812   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
813   case LookupResult::NotFound:
814     // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function
815     // call.
816     if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) {
817       // In C++, this is an ADL-only call.
818       // FIXME: Reference?
819       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
820         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true);
821 
822       // C90 6.3.2.2:
823       //   If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a
824       //   function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no
825       //   declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is
826       //   implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing
827       //   the function call, the declaration
828       //
829       //     extern int identifier ();
830       //
831       //   appeared.
832       //
833       // We also allow this in C99 as an extension.
834       if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) {
835         Result.addDecl(D);
836         Result.resolveKind();
837         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false);
838       }
839     }
840 
841     // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in
842     // which case it's likely that the user just forgot to write "enum",
843     // "struct", or "union".
844     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry &&
845         isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
846       break;
847     }
848 
849     // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is
850     // close to this name.
851     if (!SecondTry && CCC) {
852       SecondTry = true;
853       if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(),
854                                                  Result.getLookupKind(), S,
855                                                  &SS, std::move(CCC),
856                                                  CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
857         unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest;
858         unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest;
859 
860         NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getFoundDecl();
861         NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl();
862         if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
863             UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) {
864           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest;
865           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest;
866         } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl &&
867                    (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
868                     isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
869                     isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) {
870           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest;
871           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest;
872         }
873 
874         if (SS.isEmpty()) {
875           diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name);
876         } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it.
877           std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
878           bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
879                                   Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr);
880           diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag)
881                                     << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false)
882                                     << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange());
883         }
884 
885         // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name.
886         Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
887 
888         // Typo correction corrected to a keyword.
889         if (Corrected.isKeyword())
890           return Name;
891 
892         // Also update the LookupResult...
893         // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point
894         Result.clear();
895         Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection());
896         if (FirstDecl)
897           Result.addDecl(FirstDecl);
898 
899         // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let
900         // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to
901         // reference the ivar.
902         // FIXME: This is a gross hack.
903         if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) {
904           Result.clear();
905           ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier()));
906           return E;
907         }
908 
909         goto Corrected;
910       }
911     }
912 
913     // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it.
914     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
915     return NameClassification::Unknown();
916 
917   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: {
918     // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were
919     // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other
920     // dependent nested-name-specifier.
921 
922     // C++ [temp.res]p2:
923     //   A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is
924     //   dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type
925     //   unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is
926     //   qualified by the keyword typename.
927     //
928     // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to
929     // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a
930     // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template'
931     // keyword here.
932     return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(),
933                                       NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand,
934                                       /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr);
935   }
936 
937   case LookupResult::Found:
938   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
939   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
940     break;
941 
942   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
943     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
944         hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) {
945       // C++ [temp.local]p3:
946       //   A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an
947       //   ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than
948       //   one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found
949       //   refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name
950       //   is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the
951       //   class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not
952       //   ambiguous.
953       //
954       // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one,
955       // so try again after filtering out template names.
956       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
957       if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) {
958         IsFilteredTemplateName = true;
959         break;
960       }
961     }
962 
963     // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error.
964     return NameClassification::Error();
965   }
966 
967   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
968       (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) {
969     // C++ [temp.names]p3:
970     //   After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that
971     //   an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of
972     //   overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if
973     //   this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a
974     //   template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator.
975     if (!IsFilteredTemplateName)
976       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
977 
978     if (!Result.empty()) {
979       bool IsFunctionTemplate;
980       bool IsVarTemplate;
981       TemplateName Template;
982       if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) {
983         IsFunctionTemplate = true;
984         Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(),
985                                                      Result.end());
986       } else {
987         TemplateDecl *TD
988           = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl());
989         IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD);
990         IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD);
991 
992         if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid())
993           Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(),
994                                                     /*TemplateKeyword=*/false,
995                                                       TD);
996         else
997           Template = TemplateName(TD);
998       }
999 
1000       if (IsFunctionTemplate) {
1001         // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which
1002         // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need
1003         // to based on which function we selected.
1004         Result.suppressDiagnostics();
1005 
1006         return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template);
1007       }
1008 
1009       return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template)
1010                            : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template);
1011     }
1012   }
1013 
1014   NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
1015   if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) {
1016     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
1017     MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false);
1018     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
1019     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
1020       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
1021     return ParsedType::make(T);
1022   }
1023 
1024   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl);
1025   if (!Class) {
1026     // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this.
1027     if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias =
1028             dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl))
1029       Class = Alias->getClassInterface();
1030   }
1031 
1032   if (Class) {
1033     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc);
1034 
1035     if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) {
1036       // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression.
1037       // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now.
1038       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
1039       return NameClassification::Unknown();
1040     }
1041 
1042     QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class);
1043     return ParsedType::make(T);
1044   }
1045 
1046   // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument.
1047   if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))
1048     return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(
1049         TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)));
1050 
1051   // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it
1052   // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found.
1053   bool NextIsOp = NextToken.isOneOf(tok::amp, tok::star);
1054   if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) ||
1055        (NextIsOp &&
1056         FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) &&
1057       isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
1058     TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
1059     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
1060     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
1061     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
1062       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
1063     return ParsedType::make(T);
1064   }
1065 
1066   if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember())
1067     return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result,
1068                                            nullptr, S);
1069 
1070   bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren));
1071   return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL);
1072 }
1073 
1074 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a
1075 // context.  This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the
1076 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser.
1077 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) {
1078 
1079   // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've
1080   // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is
1081   // the context we'll need to return to.
1082   // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated
1083   // as an inline member function.  A Lambda can be used legally
1084   // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument.  These
1085   // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing
1086   // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one);
1087   // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an
1088   // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or
1089   // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the
1090   // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class).
1091   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) {
1092     DC = DC->getLexicalParent();
1093 
1094     // A function not defined within a class will always return to its
1095     // lexical context.
1096     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
1097       return DC;
1098 
1099     // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class
1100     // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete");  the topmost
1101     // class is the context we need to return to.
1102     while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent()))
1103       DC = RD;
1104 
1105     // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is
1106     // declared in.
1107     return DC;
1108   }
1109 
1110   return DC->getLexicalParent();
1111 }
1112 
1113 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1114   assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext &&
1115       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
1116   CurContext = DC;
1117   S->setEntity(DC);
1118 }
1119 
1120 void Sema::PopDeclContext() {
1121   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
1122 
1123   CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext);
1124   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
1125 }
1126 
1127 Sema::SkippedDefinitionContext Sema::ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S,
1128                                                                     Decl *D) {
1129   // Unlike PushDeclContext, the context to which we return is not necessarily
1130   // the containing DC of TD, because the new context will be some pre-existing
1131   // TagDecl definition instead of a fresh one.
1132   auto Result = static_cast<SkippedDefinitionContext>(CurContext);
1133   CurContext = cast<TagDecl>(D)->getDefinition();
1134   assert(CurContext && "skipping definition of undefined tag");
1135   // Start lookups from the parent of the current context; we don't want to look
1136   // into the pre-existing complete definition.
1137   S->setEntity(CurContext->getLookupParent());
1138   return Result;
1139 }
1140 
1141 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context) {
1142   CurContext = static_cast<decltype(CurContext)>(Context);
1143 }
1144 
1145 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
1146 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
1147 ///
1148 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1149   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13:
1150   //   A name used in the definition of a static data member of class
1151   //   X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as
1152   //   if the name was used in a member function of X.
1153   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14:
1154   //   If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the
1155   //   scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of
1156   //   the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as
1157   //   if the definition of the variable member occurred in its
1158   //   namespace.
1159   // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context
1160   // is the semantic context of the declaration.  We can't use
1161   // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily
1162   // lexically contained in the current context.  Fortunately,
1163   // the containing scope should have the appropriate information.
1164 
1165   assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity");
1166 
1167 #ifndef NDEBUG
1168   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
1169   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
1170   assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch");
1171 #endif
1172 
1173   CurContext = DC;
1174   S->setEntity(DC);
1175 }
1176 
1177 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) {
1178   assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!");
1179 
1180   // Switch back to the lexical context.  The safety of this is
1181   // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext.
1182   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
1183   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
1184   CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity();
1185 
1186   // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to
1187   // disappear.
1188 }
1189 
1190 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) {
1191   // We assume that the caller has already called
1192   // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works.
1193   FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction();
1194   if (!FD)
1195     return;
1196 
1197   // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context
1198   // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class.
1199   assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() &&
1200     "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
1201   CurContext = FD;
1202   S->setEntity(CurContext);
1203 
1204   for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) {
1205     ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P);
1206     // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope
1207     if (Param->getIdentifier()) {
1208       S->AddDecl(Param);
1209       IdResolver.AddDecl(Param);
1210     }
1211   }
1212 }
1213 
1214 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() {
1215   // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent,
1216   // rather than the top-level class.
1217   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
1218   CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent();
1219   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
1220 }
1221 
1222 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function
1223 /// PrevDecl with another declaration.
1224 ///
1225 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not
1226 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return
1227 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an
1228 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an
1229 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable"
1230 /// attribute.
1231 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous,
1232                                        ASTContext &Context) {
1233   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
1234     return true;
1235 
1236   if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded)
1237     return true;
1238 
1239   return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found
1240           && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>());
1241 }
1242 
1243 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
1244 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) {
1245   // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing
1246   // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this
1247   // scope.
1248   while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())
1249     S = S->getParent();
1250 
1251   // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be
1252   // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted
1253   // into any context.
1254   if (AddToContext)
1255     CurContext->addDecl(D);
1256 
1257   // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they
1258   // are function-local declarations.
1259   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() &&
1260       !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
1261         D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) &&
1262       !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1263     return;
1264 
1265   // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope.
1266   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) &&
1267       cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
1268     return;
1269 
1270   // If this replaces anything in the current scope,
1271   IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()),
1272                                IEnd = IdResolver.end();
1273   for (; I != IEnd; ++I) {
1274     if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) {
1275       S->RemoveDecl(*I);
1276       IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I);
1277 
1278       // Should only need to replace one decl.
1279       break;
1280     }
1281   }
1282 
1283   S->AddDecl(D);
1284 
1285   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) {
1286     // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that
1287     // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert
1288     // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain.
1289     for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) {
1290       DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1291       if (IDC == CurContext) {
1292         if (!S->isDeclScope(*I))
1293           continue;
1294       } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext))
1295         break;
1296     }
1297 
1298     IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D);
1299   } else {
1300     IdResolver.AddDecl(D);
1301   }
1302 }
1303 
1304 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) {
1305   if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope)
1306     TUScope->AddDecl(D);
1307 }
1308 
1309 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1310                          bool AllowInlineNamespace) {
1311   return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace);
1312 }
1313 
1314 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1315   DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
1316   do {
1317     if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity())
1318       if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC)
1319         return S;
1320   } while ((S = S->getParent()));
1321 
1322   return nullptr;
1323 }
1324 
1325 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *,
1326                                             DeclContext*,
1327                                             ASTContext&);
1328 
1329 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope
1330 /// as determined by isDeclInScope.
1331 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1332                                 bool ConsiderLinkage,
1333                                 bool AllowInlineNamespace) {
1334   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1335   while (F.hasNext()) {
1336     NamedDecl *D = F.next();
1337 
1338     if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace))
1339       continue;
1340 
1341     if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context))
1342       continue;
1343 
1344     F.erase();
1345   }
1346 
1347   F.done();
1348 }
1349 
1350 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) {
1351   return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) ||
1352          isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) ||
1353          isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D);
1354 }
1355 
1356 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results.
1357 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) {
1358   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1359   while (F.hasNext())
1360     if (isUsingDecl(F.next()))
1361       F.erase();
1362 
1363   F.done();
1364 }
1365 
1366 /// \brief Check for this common pattern:
1367 /// @code
1368 /// class S {
1369 ///   S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1370 ///   void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1371 /// };
1372 /// @endcode
1373 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) {
1374   // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get
1375   // the decl here.
1376   if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody())
1377     return false;
1378 
1379   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D))
1380     return CD->isCopyConstructor();
1381   if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
1382     return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator();
1383   return false;
1384 }
1385 
1386 // We need this to handle
1387 //
1388 // typedef struct {
1389 //   void *foo() { return 0; }
1390 // } A;
1391 //
1392 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A'
1393 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A',
1394 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end
1395 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage.
1396 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or
1397 // not.
1398 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1399   const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext();
1400   while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) {
1401     if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){
1402       if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage())
1403         return true;
1404     }
1405     DC = DC->getParent();
1406   }
1407 
1408   return !D->isExternallyVisible();
1409 }
1410 
1411 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want
1412 // these semantics.
1413 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) {
1414   if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete)
1415     return false;
1416   return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc);
1417 }
1418 
1419 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const {
1420   assert(D);
1421 
1422   if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1423     return false;
1424 
1425   // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions
1426   // of members of class templates.
1427   if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() ||
1428       D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext())
1429     return false;
1430 
1431   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1432     if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1433       return false;
1434 
1435     if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
1436       if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD))
1437         return false;
1438     } else {
1439       // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn.
1440       if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation()))
1441         return false;
1442     }
1443 
1444     if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() &&
1445         Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD))
1446       return false;
1447   } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1448     // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal
1449     // linkage; don't warn.  (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker
1450     // like "inline".)
1451     if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation()))
1452       return false;
1453 
1454     if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD))
1455       return false;
1456 
1457     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() &&
1458         VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1459       return false;
1460 
1461     if (VD->isInline() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation()))
1462       return false;
1463   } else {
1464     return false;
1465   }
1466 
1467   // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit.
1468   // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function
1469   // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance.
1470   return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D);
1471 }
1472 
1473 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1474   if (!D)
1475     return;
1476 
1477   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1478     const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl();
1479     if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1480       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1481   }
1482 
1483   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1484     const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl();
1485     if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1486       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1487   }
1488 
1489   if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D))
1490     UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D);
1491 }
1492 
1493 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1494   if (D->isInvalidDecl())
1495     return false;
1496 
1497   if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() ||
1498       D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>())
1499     return false;
1500 
1501   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1502     return true;
1503 
1504   // Except for labels, we only care about unused decls that are local to
1505   // functions.
1506   bool WithinFunction = D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod();
1507   if (const auto *R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext()))
1508     // For dependent types, the diagnostic is deferred.
1509     WithinFunction =
1510         WithinFunction || (R->isLocalClass() && !R->isDependentType());
1511   if (!WithinFunction)
1512     return false;
1513 
1514   if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D))
1515     return true;
1516 
1517   // White-list anything that isn't a local variable.
1518   if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D))
1519     return false;
1520 
1521   // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed.
1522   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1523 
1524     // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type.
1525     const auto *Ty = VD->getType().getTypePtr();
1526 
1527     // Only look at the outermost level of typedef.
1528     if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) {
1529       if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1530         return false;
1531     }
1532 
1533     // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is
1534     // dependent, don't diagnose the variable.
1535     if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType())
1536       return false;
1537 
1538     // Look at the element type to ensure that the warning behaviour is
1539     // consistent for both scalars and arrays.
1540     Ty = Ty->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe();
1541 
1542     if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) {
1543       const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
1544       if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1545         return false;
1546 
1547       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) {
1548         if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>())
1549           return false;
1550 
1551         if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) {
1552           if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups =
1553                   dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init))
1554             Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr();
1555           const CXXConstructExpr *Construct =
1556             dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init);
1557           if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) {
1558             CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor();
1559             if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>())
1560               return false;
1561           }
1562         }
1563       }
1564     }
1565 
1566     // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates?
1567   }
1568 
1569   return true;
1570 }
1571 
1572 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx,
1573                                      FixItHint &Hint) {
1574   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) {
1575     SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(),
1576                 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true);
1577     if (AfterColon.isInvalid())
1578       return;
1579     Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange::
1580                                     getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon));
1581   }
1582 }
1583 
1584 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D) {
1585   if (D->getTypeForDecl()->isDependentType())
1586     return;
1587 
1588   for (auto *TmpD : D->decls()) {
1589     if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(TmpD))
1590       DiagnoseUnusedDecl(T);
1591     else if(const auto *R = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(TmpD))
1592       DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(R);
1593   }
1594 }
1595 
1596 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used
1597 /// unless they are marked attr(unused).
1598 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1599   if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D))
1600     return;
1601 
1602   if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) {
1603     // typedefs can be referenced later on, so the diagnostics are emitted
1604     // at end-of-translation-unit.
1605     UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates.insert(TD);
1606     return;
1607   }
1608 
1609   FixItHint Hint;
1610   GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint);
1611 
1612   unsigned DiagID;
1613   if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable())
1614     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param;
1615   else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1616     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label;
1617   else
1618     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable;
1619 
1620   Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint;
1621 }
1622 
1623 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) {
1624   // Verify that we have no forward references left.  If so, there was a goto
1625   // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it.  Label fwd
1626   // definitions are indicated with a null substmt which is also not a resolved
1627   // MS inline assembly label name.
1628   bool Diagnose = false;
1629   if (L->isMSAsmLabel())
1630     Diagnose = !L->isResolvedMSAsmLabel();
1631   else
1632     Diagnose = L->getStmt() == nullptr;
1633   if (Diagnose)
1634     S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName();
1635 }
1636 
1637 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) {
1638   S->mergeNRVOIntoParent();
1639 
1640   if (S->decl_empty()) return;
1641   assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) &&
1642          "Scope shouldn't contain decls!");
1643 
1644   for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) {
1645     assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??");
1646 
1647     assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?");
1648     NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD);
1649 
1650     if (!D->getDeclName()) continue;
1651 
1652     // Diagnose unused variables in this scope.
1653     if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) {
1654       DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D);
1655       if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D))
1656         DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(RD);
1657     }
1658 
1659     // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined.
1660     if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D))
1661       CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this);
1662 
1663     // Remove this name from our lexical scope, and warn on it if we haven't
1664     // already.
1665     IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D);
1666     auto ShadowI = ShadowingDecls.find(D);
1667     if (ShadowI != ShadowingDecls.end()) {
1668       if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ShadowI->second)) {
1669         Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_ctor_parm_shadows_field)
1670             << D << FD << FD->getParent();
1671         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
1672       }
1673       ShadowingDecls.erase(ShadowI);
1674     }
1675   }
1676 }
1677 
1678 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit.
1679 ///
1680 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If
1681 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated
1682 /// to the fixed name.
1683 ///
1684 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit.
1685 ///
1686 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction
1687 /// if there is no class with the given name.
1688 ///
1689 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the
1690 /// class could not be found.
1691 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
1692                                               SourceLocation IdLoc,
1693                                               bool DoTypoCorrection) {
1694   // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in
1695   // creation from this context.
1696   NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1697 
1698   if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) {
1699     // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we
1700     // find an Objective-C class name.
1701     if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo(
1702             DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, nullptr,
1703             llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl>>(),
1704             CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
1705       diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id);
1706       IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>();
1707       Id = IDecl->getIdentifier();
1708     }
1709   }
1710   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl);
1711   // This routine must always return a class definition, if any.
1712   if (Def && Def->getDefinition())
1713       Def = Def->getDefinition();
1714   return Def;
1715 }
1716 
1717 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting
1718 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes
1719 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and
1720 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but
1721 /// ill-formed in C++:
1722 /// @code
1723 /// struct S6 {
1724 ///   enum { BAR } e;
1725 /// };
1726 ///
1727 /// void test_S6() {
1728 ///   struct S6 a;
1729 ///   a.e = BAR;
1730 /// }
1731 /// @endcode
1732 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different
1733 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration
1734 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated
1735 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent
1736 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this
1737 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the
1738 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot
1739 /// contain non-field names.
1740 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) {
1741   while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
1742          (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) ||
1743          (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus))
1744     S = S->getParent();
1745   return S;
1746 }
1747 
1748 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and
1749 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of
1750 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such
1751 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place.
1752 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S,
1753                                         IdentifierInfo *II) {
1754   if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper"))
1755     return;
1756   ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context;
1757 
1758   LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"),
1759                       SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName);
1760   ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S);
1761   if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
1762     if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
1763       Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD));
1764 }
1765 
1766 static StringRef getHeaderName(ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) {
1767   switch (Error) {
1768   case ASTContext::GE_None:
1769     return "";
1770   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio:
1771     return "stdio.h";
1772   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp:
1773     return "setjmp.h";
1774   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext:
1775     return "ucontext.h";
1776   }
1777   llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind");
1778 }
1779 
1780 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at
1781 /// file scope.  lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true
1782 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the
1783 /// built-in.
1784 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID,
1785                                      Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
1786                                      SourceLocation Loc) {
1787   LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II);
1788 
1789   ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
1790   QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(ID, Error);
1791   if (Error) {
1792     if (ForRedeclaration)
1793       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader)
1794           << getHeaderName(Error) << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID);
1795     return nullptr;
1796   }
1797 
1798   if (!ForRedeclaration &&
1799       (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(ID) ||
1800        Context.BuiltinInfo.isHeaderDependentFunction(ID))) {
1801     Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl)
1802         << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID) << R;
1803     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) &&
1804         !Diags.isIgnored(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc))
1805       Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare)
1806           << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID)
1807           << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID);
1808   }
1809 
1810   if (R.isNull())
1811     return nullptr;
1812 
1813   DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
1814   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
1815     LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl =
1816         LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc,
1817                                 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false);
1818     CLinkageDecl->setImplicit();
1819     Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl);
1820     Parent = CLinkageDecl;
1821   }
1822 
1823   FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context,
1824                                            Parent,
1825                                            Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
1826                                            SC_Extern,
1827                                            false,
1828                                            R->isFunctionProtoType());
1829   New->setImplicit();
1830 
1831   // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the
1832   // FunctionDecl.
1833   if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) {
1834     SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
1835     for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) {
1836       ParmVarDecl *parm =
1837           ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
1838                               nullptr, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
1839                               SC_None, nullptr);
1840       parm->setScopeInfo(0, i);
1841       Params.push_back(parm);
1842     }
1843     New->setParams(Params);
1844   }
1845 
1846   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New);
1847   RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S);
1848 
1849   // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into.
1850   // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to
1851   // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext
1852   // entirely, but we're not there yet.
1853   DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext;
1854   CurContext = Parent;
1855   PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope);
1856   CurContext = SavedContext;
1857   return New;
1858 }
1859 
1860 /// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same
1861 /// entity if their types are the same.
1862 /// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's
1863 /// isSameEntity.
1864 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Sema &S,
1865                                                      TypedefNameDecl *Decl,
1866                                                      LookupResult &Previous) {
1867   // This is only interesting when modules are enabled.
1868   if (!S.getLangOpts().Modules && !S.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility)
1869     return;
1870 
1871   // Empty sets are uninteresting.
1872   if (Previous.empty())
1873     return;
1874 
1875   LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter();
1876   while (Filter.hasNext()) {
1877     NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next();
1878 
1879     // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored.
1880     if (S.isVisible(Old))
1881       continue;
1882 
1883     // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have
1884     // different linkages.
1885     if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) {
1886       if (S.Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(),
1887                                 Decl->getUnderlyingType()))
1888         continue;
1889 
1890       // If both declarations give a tag declaration a typedef name for linkage
1891       // purposes, then they declare the same entity.
1892       if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
1893           OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true) &&
1894           Decl->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName())
1895         continue;
1896     }
1897 
1898     Filter.erase();
1899   }
1900 
1901   Filter.done();
1902 }
1903 
1904 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) {
1905   QualType OldType;
1906   if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1907     OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType();
1908   else
1909     OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old);
1910   QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType();
1911 
1912   if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
1913     // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type.
1914     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1915     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef)
1916       << Kind << NewType;
1917     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1918       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1919     New->setInvalidDecl();
1920     return true;
1921   }
1922 
1923   if (OldType != NewType &&
1924       !OldType->isDependentType() &&
1925       !NewType->isDependentType() &&
1926       !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) {
1927     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1928     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef)
1929       << Kind << NewType << OldType;
1930     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1931       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1932     New->setInvalidDecl();
1933     return true;
1934   }
1935   return false;
1936 }
1937 
1938 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the
1939 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out
1940 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting
1941 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid.
1942 ///
1943 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *New,
1944                                 LookupResult &OldDecls) {
1945   // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any
1946   // merging checks.
1947   if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return;
1948 
1949   // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs.
1950   // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent!
1951   if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) {
1952     const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier();
1953     switch (TypeID->getLength()) {
1954     default: break;
1955     case 2:
1956       {
1957         if (!TypeID->isStr("id"))
1958           break;
1959         QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType();
1960         if (!T->isPointerType())
1961           break;
1962         if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) {
1963           QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
1964           if (!PT->isStructureType())
1965             break;
1966         }
1967         Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T);
1968         // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition.
1969         New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr());
1970         return;
1971       }
1972     case 5:
1973       if (!TypeID->isStr("Class"))
1974         break;
1975       Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1976       // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition.
1977       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr());
1978       return;
1979     case 3:
1980       if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL"))
1981         break;
1982       Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1983       // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition.
1984       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr());
1985       return;
1986     }
1987     // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type.
1988   }
1989 
1990   // Verify the old decl was also a type.
1991   TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
1992   if (!Old) {
1993     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
1994       << New->getDeclName();
1995 
1996     NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl();
1997     if (OldD->getLocation().isValid())
1998       Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1999 
2000     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2001   }
2002 
2003   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
2004   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
2005     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2006 
2007   if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) {
2008     auto *OldTag = OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true);
2009     auto *NewTag = New->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName();
2010     NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr;
2011     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && OldTag && NewTag &&
2012         OldTag->getCanonicalDecl() != NewTag->getCanonicalDecl() &&
2013         !hasVisibleDefinition(OldTag, &Hidden)) {
2014       // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. Use it
2015       // instead of our tag.
2016       New->setTypeForDecl(OldTD->getTypeForDecl());
2017       if (OldTD->isModed())
2018         New->setModedTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo(),
2019                                     OldTD->getUnderlyingType());
2020       else
2021         New->setTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo());
2022 
2023       // Make the old tag definition visible.
2024       makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, NewTag->getLocation());
2025 
2026       // If this was an unscoped enumeration, yank all of its enumerators
2027       // out of the scope.
2028       if (isa<EnumDecl>(NewTag)) {
2029         Scope *EnumScope = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
2030         for (auto *D : NewTag->decls()) {
2031           auto *ED = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(D);
2032           assert(EnumScope->isDeclScope(ED));
2033           EnumScope->RemoveDecl(ED);
2034           IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ED);
2035           ED->getLexicalDeclContext()->removeDecl(ED);
2036         }
2037       }
2038     }
2039   }
2040 
2041   // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and
2042   // with any extensions enabled.
2043   if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New))
2044     return;
2045 
2046   // The types match.  Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if
2047   // the old declaration was a typedef.
2048   if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) {
2049     New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef);
2050     mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
2051   }
2052 
2053   if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
2054     return;
2055 
2056   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2057     // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2:
2058     //   In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to
2059     //   redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer
2060     //   to the type to which it already refers.
2061     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext))
2062       return;
2063 
2064     // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4:
2065     //   In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine
2066     //   any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name
2067     //   to refer to the type to which it already refers.
2068     //
2069     // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the
2070     // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like:
2071     //
2072     //   struct S {
2073     //     typedef struct A { } A;
2074     //   };
2075     //
2076     // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which
2077     // allow the above but disallow
2078     //
2079     //   struct S {
2080     //     typedef int I;
2081     //     typedef int I;
2082     //   };
2083     //
2084     // since that was the intent of DR56.
2085     if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
2086       return;
2087 
2088     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
2089       << New->getDeclName();
2090     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2091     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2092   }
2093 
2094   // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11.
2095   if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11)
2096     return;
2097 
2098   // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning.  This warning
2099   // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with
2100   // -Wtypedef-redefinition.  If either the original or the redefinition is
2101   // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC.
2102   if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() &&
2103       (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) ||
2104        Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation())))
2105     return;
2106 
2107   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef)
2108     << New->getDeclName();
2109   Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2110 }
2111 
2112 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target
2113 /// attribute.
2114 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) {
2115   const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A);
2116   const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A);
2117   for (const auto *i : D->attrs())
2118     if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) {
2119       if (Ann) {
2120         if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation())
2121           return true;
2122         continue;
2123       }
2124       // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check
2125       if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i))
2126         return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind();
2127       return true;
2128     }
2129 
2130   return false;
2131 }
2132 
2133 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) {
2134   if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
2135     return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition();
2136   if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
2137     return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined();
2138   return true;
2139 }
2140 
2141 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the
2142 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute.
2143 ///
2144 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New.
2145 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) {
2146   // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute
2147   // specifies the strictest alignment requirement.
2148   AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr;
2149   AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr;
2150   unsigned OldAlign = 0;
2151   for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) {
2152     // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments
2153     // in a case like:
2154     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X;
2155     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {};
2156     // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the
2157     // definition in such a case.
2158     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
2159       return false;
2160 
2161     if (I->isAlignas())
2162       OldAlignasAttr = I;
2163 
2164     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
2165     if (Align > OldAlign) {
2166       OldAlign = Align;
2167       OldStrictestAlignAttr = I;
2168     }
2169   }
2170 
2171   // Look for alignas attributes on New.
2172   AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr;
2173   unsigned NewAlign = 0;
2174   for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) {
2175     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
2176       return false;
2177 
2178     if (I->isAlignas())
2179       NewAlignasAttr = I;
2180 
2181     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
2182     if (Align > NewAlign)
2183       NewAlign = Align;
2184   }
2185 
2186   if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) {
2187     // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match.
2188     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but
2189     // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match
2190     // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.)
2191 
2192     // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it
2193     // specifies the natural alignment for the type.
2194     if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) {
2195       QualType Ty;
2196       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New))
2197         Ty = VD->getType();
2198       else
2199         Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New));
2200 
2201       if (OldAlign == 0)
2202         OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
2203       if (NewAlign == 0)
2204         NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
2205     }
2206 
2207     if (OldAlign != NewAlign) {
2208       S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch)
2209         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity()
2210         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity();
2211       S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2212     }
2213   }
2214 
2215   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) {
2216     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
2217     //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
2218     //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
2219     //   equivalent alignment.
2220     // C11 6.7.5/7:
2221     //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
2222     //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
2223     //   have no alignment specifier.
2224     S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
2225       << OldAlignasAttr;
2226     S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
2227       << OldAlignasAttr;
2228   }
2229 
2230   bool AnyAdded = false;
2231 
2232   // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment.
2233   if (OldAlign > NewAlign) {
2234     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context);
2235     Clone->setInherited(true);
2236     New->addAttr(Clone);
2237     AnyAdded = true;
2238   }
2239 
2240   // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one.
2241   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr &&
2242       !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) {
2243     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context);
2244     Clone->setInherited(true);
2245     New->addAttr(Clone);
2246     AnyAdded = true;
2247   }
2248 
2249   return AnyAdded;
2250 }
2251 
2252 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D,
2253                                const InheritableAttr *Attr,
2254                                Sema::AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) {
2255   // This function copies an attribute Attr from a previous declaration to the
2256   // new declaration D if the new declaration doesn't itself have that attribute
2257   // yet or if that attribute allows duplicates.
2258   // If you're adding a new attribute that requires logic different from
2259   // "use explicit attribute on decl if present, else use attribute from
2260   // previous decl", for example if the attribute needs to be consistent
2261   // between redeclarations, you need to call a custom merge function here.
2262   InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr;
2263   unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex();
2264   if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr))
2265     NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(),
2266                                       AA->isImplicit(), AA->getIntroduced(),
2267                                       AA->getDeprecated(),
2268                                       AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(),
2269                                       AA->getMessage(), AA->getStrict(),
2270                                       AA->getReplacement(), AMK,
2271                                       AttrSpellingListIndex);
2272   else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr))
2273     NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(),
2274                                     AttrSpellingListIndex);
2275   else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr))
2276     NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(),
2277                                         AttrSpellingListIndex);
2278   else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr))
2279     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(),
2280                                    AttrSpellingListIndex);
2281   else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr))
2282     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(),
2283                                    AttrSpellingListIndex);
2284   else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr))
2285     NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(),
2286                                 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(),
2287                                 AttrSpellingListIndex);
2288   else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr))
2289     NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(),
2290                                  AttrSpellingListIndex);
2291   else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr))
2292     NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(),
2293                                        AttrSpellingListIndex,
2294                                        IA->getSemanticSpelling());
2295   else if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AlwaysInlineAttr>(Attr))
2296     NewAttr = S.mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(D, AA->getRange(),
2297                                       &S.Context.Idents.get(AA->getSpelling()),
2298                                       AttrSpellingListIndex);
2299   else if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && isa<FunctionDecl>(D) &&
2300            (isa<CUDAHostAttr>(Attr) || isa<CUDADeviceAttr>(Attr) ||
2301             isa<CUDAGlobalAttr>(Attr))) {
2302     // CUDA target attributes are part of function signature for
2303     // overloading purposes and must not be merged.
2304     return false;
2305   } else if (const auto *MA = dyn_cast<MinSizeAttr>(Attr))
2306     NewAttr = S.mergeMinSizeAttr(D, MA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex);
2307   else if (const auto *OA = dyn_cast<OptimizeNoneAttr>(Attr))
2308     NewAttr = S.mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(D, OA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex);
2309   else if (const auto *InternalLinkageA = dyn_cast<InternalLinkageAttr>(Attr))
2310     NewAttr = S.mergeInternalLinkageAttr(
2311         D, InternalLinkageA->getRange(),
2312         &S.Context.Idents.get(InternalLinkageA->getSpelling()),
2313         AttrSpellingListIndex);
2314   else if (const auto *CommonA = dyn_cast<CommonAttr>(Attr))
2315     NewAttr = S.mergeCommonAttr(D, CommonA->getRange(),
2316                                 &S.Context.Idents.get(CommonA->getSpelling()),
2317                                 AttrSpellingListIndex);
2318   else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr))
2319     // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all
2320     // such attributes on a declaration at the same time.
2321     NewAttr = nullptr;
2322   else if ((isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) || isa<UnavailableAttr>(Attr)) &&
2323            (AMK == Sema::AMK_Override ||
2324             AMK == Sema::AMK_ProtocolImplementation))
2325     NewAttr = nullptr;
2326   else if (const auto *UA = dyn_cast<UuidAttr>(Attr))
2327     NewAttr = S.mergeUuidAttr(D, UA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex,
2328                               UA->getGuid());
2329   else if (Attr->duplicatesAllowed() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr))
2330     NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context));
2331 
2332   if (NewAttr) {
2333     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
2334     D->addAttr(NewAttr);
2335     if (isa<MSInheritanceAttr>(NewAttr))
2336       S.Consumer.AssignInheritanceModel(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D));
2337     return true;
2338   }
2339 
2340   return false;
2341 }
2342 
2343 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) {
2344   if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
2345     return TD->getDefinition();
2346   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
2347     const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition();
2348     if (Def)
2349       return Def;
2350     return VD->getActingDefinition();
2351   }
2352   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D))
2353     return FD->getDefinition();
2354   return nullptr;
2355 }
2356 
2357 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) {
2358   for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs())
2359     if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind)
2360       return true;
2361   return false;
2362 }
2363 
2364 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that
2365 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration.
2366 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) {
2367   if (!New->hasAttrs())
2368     return;
2369 
2370   const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old);
2371   if (!Def || Def == New)
2372     return;
2373 
2374   AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs();
2375   for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) {
2376     const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I];
2377 
2378     if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute) || isa<IFuncAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2379       if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New)) {
2380         Sema::SkipBodyInfo SkipBody;
2381         S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def), &SkipBody);
2382 
2383         // If we're skipping this definition, drop the "alias" attribute.
2384         if (SkipBody.ShouldSkip) {
2385           NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2386           --E;
2387           continue;
2388         }
2389       } else {
2390         VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New);
2391         unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() ==
2392                                 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition
2393                             ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative
2394                             : diag::err_redefinition;
2395         S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName();
2396         S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2397         VD->setInvalidDecl();
2398       }
2399       ++I;
2400       continue;
2401     }
2402 
2403     if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) {
2404       // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above.
2405       if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) {
2406         ++I;
2407         continue;
2408       }
2409     }
2410 
2411     if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) {
2412       ++I;
2413       continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this.
2414     }
2415 
2416     if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2417       // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined.
2418       ++I;
2419       continue;
2420     } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2421       if (AA->isAlignas()) {
2422         // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
2423         //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
2424         //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
2425         //   equivalent alignment.
2426         // C11 6.7.5/7:
2427         //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
2428         //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
2429         //   have no alignment specifier.
2430         S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
2431           << AA;
2432         S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
2433           << AA;
2434         NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2435         --E;
2436         continue;
2437       }
2438     }
2439 
2440     S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(),
2441            diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition);
2442     S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2443     NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2444     --E;
2445   }
2446 }
2447 
2448 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one.
2449 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old,
2450                                AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) {
2451   if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) {
2452     UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context);
2453     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
2454     New->addAttr(NewAttr);
2455   }
2456 
2457   if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs())
2458     return;
2459 
2460   // Attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored.
2461   checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old);
2462 
2463   if (AsmLabelAttr *NewA = New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) {
2464     if (AsmLabelAttr *OldA = Old->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) {
2465       if (OldA->getLabel() != NewA->getLabel()) {
2466         // This redeclaration changes __asm__ label.
2467         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_asm_label);
2468         Diag(OldA->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2469       }
2470     } else if (Old->isUsed()) {
2471       // This redeclaration adds an __asm__ label to a declaration that has
2472       // already been ODR-used.
2473       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_late_asm_label_name)
2474         << isa<FunctionDecl>(Old) << New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()->getRange();
2475     }
2476   }
2477 
2478   // Re-declaration cannot add abi_tag's.
2479   if (const auto *NewAbiTagAttr = New->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) {
2480     if (const auto *OldAbiTagAttr = Old->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) {
2481       for (const auto &NewTag : NewAbiTagAttr->tags()) {
2482         if (std::find(OldAbiTagAttr->tags_begin(), OldAbiTagAttr->tags_end(),
2483                       NewTag) == OldAbiTagAttr->tags_end()) {
2484           Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(),
2485                diag::err_new_abi_tag_on_redeclaration)
2486               << NewTag;
2487           Diag(OldAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2488         }
2489       }
2490     } else {
2491       Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_abi_tag_on_redeclaration);
2492       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2493     }
2494   }
2495 
2496   if (!Old->hasAttrs())
2497     return;
2498 
2499   bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs();
2500 
2501   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before
2502   // we process them.
2503   if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec());
2504 
2505   for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) {
2506     // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested.
2507     AvailabilityMergeKind LocalAMK = AMK_None;
2508     if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) ||
2509         isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) ||
2510         isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) {
2511       switch (AMK) {
2512       case AMK_None:
2513         continue;
2514 
2515       case AMK_Redeclaration:
2516       case AMK_Override:
2517       case AMK_ProtocolImplementation:
2518         LocalAMK = AMK;
2519         break;
2520       }
2521     }
2522 
2523     // Already handled.
2524     if (isa<UsedAttr>(I))
2525       continue;
2526 
2527     if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, LocalAMK))
2528       foundAny = true;
2529   }
2530 
2531   if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old))
2532     foundAny = true;
2533 
2534   if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs();
2535 }
2536 
2537 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter
2538 /// to the new one.
2539 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl,
2540                                      const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl,
2541                                      Sema &S) {
2542   // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
2543   //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the
2544   //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
2545   //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
2546   const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>();
2547   if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
2548     S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(),
2549            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
2550     // Find the first declaration of the parameter.
2551     // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters?
2552     const FunctionDecl *FirstFD =
2553       cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl();
2554     const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD =
2555       FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex());
2556     S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(),
2557            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
2558   }
2559 
2560   if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs())
2561     return;
2562 
2563   bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs();
2564 
2565   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is
2566   // done before we process them.
2567   if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec());
2568 
2569   for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) {
2570     if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) {
2571       InheritableAttr *newAttr =
2572         cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context));
2573       newAttr->setInherited(true);
2574       newDecl->addAttr(newAttr);
2575       foundAny = true;
2576     }
2577   }
2578 
2579   if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs();
2580 }
2581 
2582 static void mergeParamDeclTypes(ParmVarDecl *NewParam,
2583                                 const ParmVarDecl *OldParam,
2584                                 Sema &S) {
2585   if (auto Oldnullability = OldParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) {
2586     if (auto Newnullability = NewParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) {
2587       if (*Oldnullability != *Newnullability) {
2588         S.Diag(NewParam->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_nullability_attr)
2589           << DiagNullabilityKind(
2590                *Newnullability,
2591                ((NewParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability)
2592                 != 0))
2593           << DiagNullabilityKind(
2594                *Oldnullability,
2595                ((OldParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability)
2596                 != 0));
2597         S.Diag(OldParam->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2598       }
2599     } else {
2600       QualType NewT = NewParam->getType();
2601       NewT = S.Context.getAttributedType(
2602                          AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(*Oldnullability),
2603                          NewT, NewT);
2604       NewParam->setType(NewT);
2605     }
2606   }
2607 }
2608 
2609 namespace {
2610 
2611 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in
2612 /// C.
2613 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning {
2614   ParmVarDecl *OldParm;
2615   ParmVarDecl *NewParm;
2616   QualType PromotedType;
2617 };
2618 
2619 } // end anonymous namespace
2620 
2621 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method.
2622 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
2623   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) {
2624     if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor())
2625       return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor;
2626 
2627     if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor())
2628       return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor;
2629 
2630     if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor())
2631       return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor;
2632   } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) {
2633     return Sema::CXXDestructor;
2634   } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) {
2635     return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment;
2636   } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) {
2637     return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment;
2638   }
2639 
2640   return Sema::CXXInvalid;
2641 }
2642 
2643 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit
2644 // declaration, or a declaration.
2645 template <typename T>
2646 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation>
2647 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) {
2648   diag::kind PrevDiag;
2649   SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation();
2650   if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
2651     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition;
2652   else if (Old->isImplicit()) {
2653     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration;
2654     if (OldLocation.isInvalid())
2655       OldLocation = New->getLocation();
2656   } else
2657     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration;
2658   return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation);
2659 }
2660 
2661 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently,
2662 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in
2663 /// GNU89 mode.
2664 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD,
2665                                 const LangOptions& LangOpts) {
2666   return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) &&
2667           !LangOpts.CPlusPlus &&
2668           FD->isInlineSpecified() &&
2669           FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern);
2670 }
2671 
2672 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const {
2673   const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>();
2674   while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv())
2675     AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>();
2676   return AT;
2677 }
2678 
2679 template <typename T>
2680 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) {
2681   const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext();
2682   if (DC->isRecord())
2683     return false;
2684 
2685   LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage();
2686   if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext())
2687     return true;
2688   if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext())
2689     return true;
2690   return false;
2691 }
2692 
2693 template<typename T> static bool isExternC(T *D) { return D->isExternC(); }
2694 static bool isExternC(VarTemplateDecl *) { return false; }
2695 
2696 /// \brief Check whether a redeclaration of an entity introduced by a
2697 /// using-declaration is valid, given that we know it's not an overload
2698 /// (nor a hidden tag declaration).
2699 template<typename ExpectedDecl>
2700 static bool checkUsingShadowRedecl(Sema &S, UsingShadowDecl *OldS,
2701                                    ExpectedDecl *New) {
2702   // C++11 [basic.scope.declarative]p4:
2703   //   Given a set of declarations in a single declarative region, each of
2704   //   which specifies the same unqualified name,
2705   //   -- they shall all refer to the same entity, or all refer to functions
2706   //      and function templates; or
2707   //   -- exactly one declaration shall declare a class name or enumeration
2708   //      name that is not a typedef name and the other declarations shall all
2709   //      refer to the same variable or enumerator, or all refer to functions
2710   //      and function templates; in this case the class name or enumeration
2711   //      name is hidden (3.3.10).
2712 
2713   // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14:
2714   //   If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the
2715   //   same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced
2716   //   by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same
2717   //   function, the program is ill-formed.
2718 
2719   auto *Old = dyn_cast<ExpectedDecl>(OldS->getTargetDecl());
2720   if (Old &&
2721       !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
2722           New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) &&
2723       !(isExternC(Old) && isExternC(New)))
2724     Old = nullptr;
2725 
2726   if (!Old) {
2727     S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse);
2728     S.Diag(OldS->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl_target);
2729     S.Diag(OldS->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
2730     return true;
2731   }
2732   return false;
2733 }
2734 
2735 static bool hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(const FunctionDecl *A,
2736                                             const FunctionDecl *B) {
2737   assert(A->getNumParams() == B->getNumParams());
2738 
2739   auto AttrEq = [](const ParmVarDecl *A, const ParmVarDecl *B) {
2740     const auto *AttrA = A->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>();
2741     const auto *AttrB = B->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>();
2742     if (AttrA == AttrB)
2743       return true;
2744     return AttrA && AttrB && AttrA->getType() == AttrB->getType();
2745   };
2746 
2747   return std::equal(A->param_begin(), A->param_end(), B->param_begin(), AttrEq);
2748 }
2749 
2750 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from
2751 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous
2752 /// declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this situation,
2753 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2754 ///
2755 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not
2756 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are
2757 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be
2758 /// merged with.
2759 ///
2760 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
2761 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD,
2762                              Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
2763   // Verify the old decl was also a function.
2764   FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction();
2765   if (!Old) {
2766     if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) {
2767       if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) {
2768         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend);
2769         Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
2770              diag::note_using_decl_target);
2771         Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(),
2772              diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
2773         return true;
2774       }
2775 
2776       // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function.
2777       if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<FunctionDecl>(*this, Shadow, New))
2778         return true;
2779       OldD = Old = cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl());
2780     } else {
2781       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
2782         << New->getDeclName();
2783       Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2784       return true;
2785     }
2786   }
2787 
2788   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
2789   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
2790     return true;
2791 
2792   diag::kind PrevDiag;
2793   SourceLocation OldLocation;
2794   std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) =
2795       getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New);
2796 
2797   // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function
2798   // is an extern inline function.
2799   // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have
2800   // storage classes.
2801   if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) &&
2802       New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
2803       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() &&
2804       !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() &&
2805       !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) {
2806     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
2807       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New;
2808       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2809     } else {
2810       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New;
2811       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2812       return true;
2813     }
2814   }
2815 
2816   if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() &&
2817       !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) {
2818     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration)
2819         << New->getDeclName();
2820     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2821     New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>();
2822   }
2823 
2824   // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later
2825   // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling
2826   // convention of the first.
2827   //
2828   // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention,
2829   // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention.
2830   //
2831   // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for
2832   // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written.  If they are missing or
2833   // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit.
2834   //
2835   // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have
2836   // other tests to run.
2837   QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
2838   QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
2839   const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType);
2840   const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
2841   FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo();
2842   FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo();
2843   bool RequiresAdjustment = false;
2844 
2845   if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) {
2846     FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl();
2847     const FunctionType *FT =
2848         First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
2849     FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo();
2850     bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType());
2851     if (!NewCCExplicit) {
2852       // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified
2853       // there but not here.
2854       NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC());
2855       RequiresAdjustment = true;
2856     } else {
2857       // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain.
2858       bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType());
2859       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change)
2860         << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC())
2861         << !FirstCCExplicit
2862         << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" :
2863             FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC()));
2864 
2865       // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters.
2866       Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2867       return true;
2868     }
2869   }
2870 
2871   // FIXME: diagnose the other way around?
2872   if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
2873     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true);
2874     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2875   }
2876 
2877   // Merge regparm attribute.
2878   if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() ||
2879       OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) {
2880     if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) {
2881       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch)
2882         << NewType->getRegParmType()
2883         << OldType->getRegParmType();
2884       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration);
2885       return true;
2886     }
2887 
2888     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm());
2889     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2890   }
2891 
2892   // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute.
2893   if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2894     if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2895       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch);
2896       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration);
2897       return true;
2898     }
2899 
2900     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true);
2901     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2902   }
2903 
2904   if (RequiresAdjustment) {
2905     const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
2906     AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo);
2907     New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0));
2908     NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
2909     NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
2910   }
2911 
2912   // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to
2913   // UndefinedButUsed.
2914   if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() &&
2915       !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
2916       !getLangOpts().GNUInline &&
2917       Old->isUsed(false) &&
2918       !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
2919     UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(),
2920                                            SourceLocation()));
2921 
2922   // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn
2923   // about it.
2924   if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
2925       Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) {
2926     UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl());
2927   }
2928 
2929   // If pass_object_size params don't match up perfectly, this isn't a valid
2930   // redeclaration.
2931   if (Old->getNumParams() > 0 && Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams() &&
2932       !hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(Old, New)) {
2933     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_pass_object_size_params)
2934         << New->getDeclName();
2935     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2936     return true;
2937   }
2938 
2939   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2940     // C++1z [over.load]p2
2941     //   Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded:
2942     //     -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type,
2943     //        the exception specification, or both cannot be overloaded.
2944 
2945     // Check the exception specifications match. This may recompute the type of
2946     // both Old and New if it resolved exception specifications, so grab the
2947     // types again after this. Because this updates the type, we do this before
2948     // any of the other checks below, which may update the "de facto" NewQType
2949     // but do not necessarily update the type of New.
2950     if (CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(Old, New))
2951       return true;
2952     // If exceptions are disabled, we might not have resolved the exception spec
2953     // of one or both declarations. Do so now in C++1z, so that we can properly
2954     // compare the types.
2955     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z) {
2956       for (QualType T : {Old->getType(), New->getType()})
2957         if (auto *FPT = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
2958           if (isUnresolvedExceptionSpec(FPT->getExceptionSpecType()))
2959             ResolveExceptionSpec(New->getLocation(), FPT);
2960     }
2961     OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
2962     NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
2963 
2964     // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types,
2965     // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13:
2966     //   Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template
2967     //   with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also
2968     //   use that placeholder, not a deduced type.
2969     QualType OldDeclaredReturnType =
2970         (Old->getTypeSourceInfo()
2971              ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()
2972              : OldType)->getReturnType();
2973     QualType NewDeclaredReturnType =
2974         (New->getTypeSourceInfo()
2975              ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()
2976              : NewType)->getReturnType();
2977     if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) &&
2978         !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) &&
2979           New->isLocalExternDecl())) {
2980       QualType ResQT;
2981       if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
2982           OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2983         ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType);
2984       if (ResQT.isNull()) {
2985         if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine())
2986           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type)
2987               << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
2988         else
2989           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type)
2990               << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
2991         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType()
2992                                     << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
2993         return true;
2994       }
2995       else
2996         NewQType = ResQT;
2997     }
2998 
2999     QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType();
3000     QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType();
3001     if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) {
3002       // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been
3003       // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration.
3004       AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType();
3005       if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) {
3006         New->setType(
3007             SubstAutoType(New->getType(),
3008                           OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy
3009                                                    : OldAT->getDeducedType()));
3010         NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(
3011             SubstAutoType(NewQType,
3012                           OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy
3013                                                    : OldAT->getDeducedType()));
3014       }
3015     }
3016 
3017     const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old);
3018     CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New);
3019     if (OldMethod && NewMethod) {
3020       // Preserve triviality.
3021       NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial());
3022 
3023       // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope:
3024       // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected.
3025       // We don't want a redeclaration error.
3026       bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization =
3027                               OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
3028                               NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization();
3029       bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind();
3030 
3031       if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
3032           !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
3033         //    -- Member function declarations with the same name and the
3034         //       same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them
3035         //       is a static member function declaration.
3036         if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) {
3037           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member);
3038           Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
3039           return true;
3040         }
3041 
3042         // C++ [class.mem]p1:
3043         //   [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the
3044         //   member-specification, except that a nested class or member
3045         //   class template can be declared and then later defined.
3046         if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
3047           unsigned NewDiag;
3048           if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod))
3049             NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared;
3050           else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod))
3051             NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared;
3052           else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod))
3053             NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared;
3054           else
3055             NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared;
3056 
3057           Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag);
3058         } else {
3059           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation)
3060             << New << New->getType();
3061         }
3062         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
3063         return true;
3064 
3065       // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special
3066       // member that was initially declared implicitly.
3067       //
3068       // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order
3069       // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls.
3070       } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) {
3071         if (isFriend) {
3072           NewMethod->setImplicit();
3073         } else {
3074           Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
3075                diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member)
3076             << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
3077           return true;
3078         }
3079       } else if (OldMethod->getFirstDecl()->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) {
3080         Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
3081              diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member)
3082           << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
3083         return true;
3084       }
3085     }
3086 
3087     // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1:
3088     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn
3089     //   attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn
3090     //   attribute.
3091     const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>();
3092     if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) {
3093       Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl);
3094       Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(),
3095            diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl);
3096     }
3097 
3098     // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
3099     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the
3100     //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
3101     //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
3102     const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>();
3103     if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
3104       Diag(CDA->getLocation(),
3105            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
3106       Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(),
3107            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
3108     }
3109 
3110     // (C++98 8.3.5p3):
3111     //   All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the
3112     //   return type and the parameter-type-list.
3113     // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn.
3114 
3115     // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it.
3116     QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType;
3117     if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
3118       auto *OldType = OldQType->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
3119       const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison
3120         = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true));
3121       OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0);
3122       assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical());
3123     }
3124 
3125     if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
3126       // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous
3127       // declarations of a friend function as an extension.
3128       //
3129       // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC
3130       // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language
3131       // linkage within class scope.
3132       //
3133       // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete.
3134       if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) {
3135         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New;
3136         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3137       } else {
3138         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
3139         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3140         return true;
3141       }
3142     }
3143 
3144     if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType)
3145       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
3146 
3147     if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) &&
3148         New->isLocalExternDecl()) {
3149       // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton
3150       // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types
3151       // when we instantiate the function.
3152       return false;
3153     }
3154 
3155     // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions.
3156   }
3157 
3158   // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles
3159   // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly.
3160   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3161       Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) {
3162     const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
3163     const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
3164     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr;
3165     if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) &&
3166         (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) {
3167       // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the
3168       // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype.
3169       assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C");
3170       SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types());
3171       NewQType =
3172           Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes,
3173                                   OldProto->getExtProtoInfo());
3174       New->setType(NewQType);
3175       New->setHasInheritedPrototype();
3176 
3177       // Synthesize parameters with the same types.
3178       SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
3179       for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) {
3180         ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(),
3181                                                  SourceLocation(), nullptr,
3182                                                  ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
3183                                                  SC_None, nullptr);
3184         Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
3185         Param->setImplicit();
3186         Params.push_back(Param);
3187       }
3188 
3189       New->setParams(Params);
3190     }
3191 
3192     return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
3193   }
3194 
3195   // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration
3196   // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition
3197   // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the
3198   // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ
3199   // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from
3200   // the prototype.
3201   //
3202   // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition,
3203   // the K&R definition becomes variadic.  This is sort of an edge case, but
3204   // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and
3205   // C99 6.9.1p8.
3206   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3207       Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() &&
3208       New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() &&
3209       Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) {
3210     SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes;
3211     SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings;
3212     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto
3213       = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
3214     const FunctionProtoType *NewProto
3215       = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
3216 
3217     // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension.
3218     QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(),
3219                                                NewProto->getReturnType());
3220     bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull();
3221     for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams();
3222          LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) {
3223       ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx);
3224       ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx);
3225       if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
3226                                      NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) {
3227         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
3228       } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
3229                                             NewParm->getType(),
3230                                             /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) {
3231         GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm,
3232                                            NewProto->getParamType(Idx) };
3233         Warnings.push_back(Warn);
3234         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
3235       } else
3236         LooseCompatible = false;
3237     }
3238 
3239     if (LooseCompatible) {
3240       for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) {
3241         Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(),
3242              diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype)
3243           << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType
3244           << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType();
3245         if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid())
3246           Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(),
3247                diag::note_previous_declaration);
3248       }
3249 
3250       if (MergeTypeWithOld)
3251         New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes,
3252                                              OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()));
3253       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
3254     }
3255 
3256     // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types.
3257   }
3258 
3259   // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or
3260   // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic.
3261 
3262   // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin
3263   // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note.
3264   unsigned BuiltinID;
3265   if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) {
3266     // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc'
3267     // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration.
3268     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) {
3269       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New;
3270       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration)
3271         << Old << Old->getType();
3272 
3273       // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter
3274       // about the "builtin-ness" of the function.
3275       //
3276       // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic.  If
3277       // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid
3278       // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't
3279       // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is
3280       // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code.
3281       if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
3282         New->getIdentifier()->revertBuiltin();
3283 
3284       return false;
3285     }
3286 
3287     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration;
3288   }
3289 
3290   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName();
3291   Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
3292   return true;
3293 }
3294 
3295 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are
3296 /// known to be compatible.
3297 ///
3298 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other
3299 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to
3300 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a
3301 /// redeclaration of Old.
3302 ///
3303 /// \returns false
3304 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
3305                                         Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
3306   // Merge the attributes
3307   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
3308 
3309   // Merge "pure" flag.
3310   if (Old->isPure())
3311     New->setPure();
3312 
3313   // Merge "used" flag.
3314   if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false))
3315     New->setIsUsed();
3316 
3317   // Merge attributes from the parameters.  These can mismatch with K&R
3318   // declarations.
3319   if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams())
3320       for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) {
3321         ParmVarDecl *NewParam = New->getParamDecl(i);
3322         ParmVarDecl *OldParam = Old->getParamDecl(i);
3323         mergeParamDeclAttributes(NewParam, OldParam, *this);
3324         mergeParamDeclTypes(NewParam, OldParam, *this);
3325       }
3326 
3327   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3328     return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S);
3329 
3330   // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return
3331   // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl
3332   // was visible.
3333   QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType());
3334   if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld)
3335     New->setType(Merged);
3336 
3337   return false;
3338 }
3339 
3340 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod,
3341                                 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) {
3342   // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable
3343   AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind =
3344     isa<ObjCProtocolDecl>(oldMethod->getDeclContext())
3345       ? AMK_ProtocolImplementation
3346       : isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration
3347                                                        : AMK_Override;
3348 
3349   mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind);
3350 
3351   // Merge attributes from the parameters.
3352   ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(),
3353                                        oe = oldMethod->param_end();
3354   for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator
3355          ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end();
3356        ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi)
3357     mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this);
3358 
3359   CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod);
3360 }
3361 
3362 static void diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(Sema &S, VarDecl *New, VarDecl* Old) {
3363   assert(!S.Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType()));
3364 
3365   S.Diag(New->getLocation(), New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()
3366          ? diag::err_redefinition_different_type
3367          : diag::err_redeclaration_different_type)
3368     << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType();
3369 
3370   diag::kind PrevDiag;
3371   SourceLocation OldLocation;
3372   std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation)
3373     = getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New);
3374   S.Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3375   New->setInvalidDecl();
3376 }
3377 
3378 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and
3379 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to merge their types,
3380 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
3381 ///
3382 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back
3383 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer
3384 /// is attached.
3385 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old,
3386                              bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
3387   if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl())
3388     return;
3389 
3390   QualType MergedT;
3391   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3392     if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
3393       // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached.
3394       return;
3395     } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) {
3396       // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked.
3397       return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old);
3398     }
3399     // C++ [basic.link]p10:
3400     //   [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given
3401     //   object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an
3402     //   array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or
3403     //   absence of a major array bound (8.3.4).
3404     else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && New->getType()->isArrayType()) {
3405       const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType());
3406       const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType());
3407 
3408       // We are merging a variable declaration New into Old. If it has an array
3409       // bound, and that bound differs from Old's bound, we should diagnose the
3410       // mismatch.
3411       if (!NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType() && !NewArray->isDependentType()) {
3412         for (VarDecl *PrevVD = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); PrevVD;
3413              PrevVD = PrevVD->getPreviousDecl()) {
3414           const ArrayType *PrevVDTy = Context.getAsArrayType(PrevVD->getType());
3415           if (PrevVDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() || PrevVDTy->isDependentType())
3416             continue;
3417 
3418           if (!Context.hasSameType(NewArray, PrevVDTy))
3419             return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, PrevVD);
3420         }
3421       }
3422 
3423       if (OldArray->isIncompleteArrayType() && NewArray->isArrayType()) {
3424         if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
3425                                 NewArray->getElementType()))
3426           MergedT = New->getType();
3427       }
3428       // FIXME: Check visibility. New is hidden but has a complete type. If New
3429       // has no array bound, it should not inherit one from Old, if Old is not
3430       // visible.
3431       else if (OldArray->isArrayType() && NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
3432         if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
3433                                 NewArray->getElementType()))
3434           MergedT = Old->getType();
3435       }
3436     }
3437     else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
3438                Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
3439       MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(),
3440                                               Old->getType());
3441     }
3442   } else {
3443     // C 6.2.7p2:
3444     //   All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have
3445     //   compatible type.
3446     MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType());
3447   }
3448   if (MergedT.isNull()) {
3449     // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a
3450     // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class
3451     // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be
3452     // equivalent.
3453     // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this.
3454     if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() ||
3455          Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) {
3456       // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type
3457       // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we
3458       // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable.
3459       if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld)
3460         New->setType(Context.DependentTy);
3461       return;
3462     }
3463     return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, Old);
3464   }
3465 
3466   // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old
3467   // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope.
3468   if (MergeTypeWithOld)
3469     New->setType(MergedT);
3470 }
3471 
3472 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD,
3473                                   LookupResult &Previous) {
3474   // C11 6.2.7p4:
3475   //   For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared
3476   //   in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is
3477   //   visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or
3478   //   external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later
3479   //   declaration becomes the composite type.
3480   //
3481   // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type.
3482   if (Previous.isShadowed())
3483     return false;
3484 
3485   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3486     // C++11 [dcl.array]p3:
3487     //   If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same
3488     //   scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound
3489     //   is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration.
3490     return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() ||
3491            (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
3492             !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod());
3493   } else {
3494     // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its
3495     // type unless we're in the same function.
3496     return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() ||
3497            OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext();
3498   }
3499 }
3500 
3501 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name
3502 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this
3503 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
3504 ///
3505 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by
3506 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative
3507 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached.
3508 ///
3509 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) {
3510   // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking.
3511   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
3512     return;
3513 
3514   if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Previous, New))
3515     return;
3516 
3517   VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate();
3518 
3519   // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template.
3520   VarDecl *Old = nullptr;
3521   VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr;
3522   if (Previous.isSingleResult()) {
3523     if (NewTemplate) {
3524       OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
3525       Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr;
3526 
3527       if (auto *Shadow =
3528               dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()))
3529         if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarTemplateDecl>(*this, Shadow, NewTemplate))
3530           return New->setInvalidDecl();
3531     } else {
3532       Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
3533 
3534       if (auto *Shadow =
3535               dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()))
3536         if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarDecl>(*this, Shadow, New))
3537           return New->setInvalidDecl();
3538     }
3539   }
3540   if (!Old) {
3541     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
3542       << New->getDeclName();
3543     Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(),
3544          diag::note_previous_definition);
3545     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3546   }
3547 
3548   // Ensure the template parameters are compatible.
3549   if (NewTemplate &&
3550       !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
3551                                       OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
3552                                       /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch))
3553     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3554 
3555   // C++ [class.mem]p1:
3556   //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...]
3557   //
3558   // Here, we need only consider static data members.
3559   if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) {
3560     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member)
3561       << New->getIdentifier();
3562     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3563     New->setInvalidDecl();
3564   }
3565 
3566   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
3567   // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent
3568   // declaration
3569   if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() &&
3570       Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None &&
3571       !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) {
3572     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName();
3573     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3574     // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration.
3575     New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>();
3576   }
3577 
3578   if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() &&
3579       !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) {
3580     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration)
3581         << New->getDeclName();
3582     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3583     New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>();
3584   }
3585 
3586   // Merge the types.
3587   VarDecl *MostRecent = Old->getMostRecentDecl();
3588   if (MostRecent != Old) {
3589     MergeVarDeclTypes(New, MostRecent,
3590                       mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, MostRecent, Previous));
3591     if (New->isInvalidDecl())
3592       return;
3593   }
3594 
3595   MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous));
3596   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
3597     return;
3598 
3599   diag::kind PrevDiag;
3600   SourceLocation OldLocation;
3601   std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) =
3602       getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New);
3603 
3604   // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static.
3605   if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
3606       !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
3607       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) {
3608     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
3609       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static)
3610           << New->getDeclName();
3611       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3612     } else {
3613       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static)
3614           << New->getDeclName();
3615       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3616       return New->setInvalidDecl();
3617     }
3618   }
3619   // C99 6.2.2p4:
3620   //   For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier
3621   //   extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that
3622   //   identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies
3623   //   internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at
3624   //   the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at
3625   //   the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or
3626   //   if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the
3627   //   identifier has external linkage.
3628   if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage())
3629     /* Okay */;
3630   else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static &&
3631            !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
3632            Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
3633     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName();
3634     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3635     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3636   }
3637 
3638   // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa.
3639   if (New->hasExternalStorage() &&
3640       !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDeclOrParm()) {
3641     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName();
3642     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3643     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3644   }
3645   if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDeclOrParm() &&
3646       !New->hasExternalStorage()) {
3647     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName();
3648     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3649     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3650   }
3651 
3652   // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup.
3653 
3654   // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still
3655   // need to check for mismatches.
3656   if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() &&
3657       // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members.
3658       !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
3659         !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
3660     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName();
3661     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3662     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3663   }
3664 
3665   if (New->isInline() && !Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isInline()) {
3666     if (VarDecl *Def = Old->getDefinition()) {
3667       // C++1z [dcl.fcn.spec]p4:
3668       //   If the definition of a variable appears in a translation unit before
3669       //   its first declaration as inline, the program is ill-formed.
3670       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_inline_decl_follows_def) << New;
3671       Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3672     }
3673   }
3674 
3675   // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to
3676   // UndefinedButUsed.
3677   if (!Old->isInline() && New->isInline() && Old->isUsed(false) &&
3678       !Old->getDefinition() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
3679     UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(),
3680                                            SourceLocation()));
3681 
3682   if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) {
3683     if (!Old->getTLSKind()) {
3684       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName();
3685       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3686     } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) {
3687       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName();
3688       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3689     } else {
3690       // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring
3691       // static and dynamic initialization.
3692       // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first
3693       // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here?
3694       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind)
3695         << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic);
3696       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3697     }
3698   }
3699 
3700   // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here.
3701   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3702       New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition) {
3703     if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && Old->getCanonicalDecl()->isInline() &&
3704         Old->getCanonicalDecl()->isConstexpr()) {
3705       // This definition won't be a definition any more once it's been merged.
3706       Diag(New->getLocation(),
3707            diag::warn_deprecated_redundant_constexpr_static_def);
3708     } else if (VarDecl *Def = Old->getDefinition()) {
3709       if (checkVarDeclRedefinition(Def, New))
3710         return;
3711     }
3712   }
3713 
3714   if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
3715     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
3716     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3717     New->setInvalidDecl();
3718     return;
3719   }
3720 
3721   // Merge "used" flag.
3722   if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false))
3723     New->setIsUsed();
3724 
3725   // Keep a chain of previous declarations.
3726   New->setPreviousDecl(Old);
3727   if (NewTemplate)
3728     NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate);
3729 
3730   // Inherit access appropriately.
3731   New->setAccess(Old->getAccess());
3732   if (NewTemplate)
3733     NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess());
3734 
3735   if (Old->isInline())
3736     New->setImplicitlyInline();
3737 }
3738 
3739 /// We've just determined that \p Old and \p New both appear to be definitions
3740 /// of the same variable. Either diagnose or fix the problem.
3741 bool Sema::checkVarDeclRedefinition(VarDecl *Old, VarDecl *New) {
3742   if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Old) &&
3743       (New->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage ||
3744        New->isInline() ||
3745        New->getDescribedVarTemplate() ||
3746        New->getNumTemplateParameterLists() ||
3747        New->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) {
3748     // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are
3749     // permitted (in separate TUs). Demote this to a declaration.
3750     New->demoteThisDefinitionToDeclaration();
3751 
3752     // Make the canonical definition visible.
3753     if (auto *OldTD = Old->getDescribedVarTemplate())
3754       makeMergedDefinitionVisible(OldTD, New->getLocation());
3755     makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Old, New->getLocation());
3756     return false;
3757   } else {
3758     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New;
3759     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3760     New->setInvalidDecl();
3761     return true;
3762   }
3763 }
3764 
3765 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
3766 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed.
3767 Decl *
3768 Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS,
3769                                  RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) {
3770   return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg(), false,
3771                                     AnonRecord);
3772 }
3773 
3774 // The MS ABI changed between VS2013 and VS2015 with regard to numbers used to
3775 // disambiguate entities defined in different scopes.
3776 // While the VS2015 ABI fixes potential miscompiles, it is also breaks
3777 // compatibility.
3778 // We will pick our mangling number depending on which version of MSVC is being
3779 // targeted.
3780 static unsigned getMSManglingNumber(const LangOptions &LO, Scope *S) {
3781   return LO.isCompatibleWithMSVC(LangOptions::MSVC2015)
3782              ? S->getMSCurManglingNumber()
3783              : S->getMSLastManglingNumber();
3784 }
3785 
3786 void Sema::handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) {
3787   if (!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3788     return;
3789 
3790   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) {
3791     // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if
3792     // it is anonymous.
3793     if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl())
3794       return;
3795     MangleNumberingContext &MCtx =
3796         Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent());
3797     Context.setManglingNumber(
3798         Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber(
3799                  Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope)));
3800     return;
3801   }
3802 
3803   // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local.
3804   Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
3805   if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext(
3806           Tag->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) {
3807     Context.setManglingNumber(
3808         Tag, MCtx->getManglingNumber(
3809                  Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope)));
3810   }
3811 }
3812 
3813 void Sema::setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec,
3814                                         TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) {
3815   if (TagFromDeclSpec->isInvalidDecl())
3816     return;
3817 
3818   // Do nothing if the tag already has a name for linkage purposes.
3819   if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasNameForLinkage())
3820     return;
3821 
3822   // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition.
3823   assert(TagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition());
3824 
3825   // The type must match the tag exactly;  no qualifiers allowed.
3826   if (!Context.hasSameType(NewTD->getUnderlyingType(),
3827                            Context.getTagDeclType(TagFromDeclSpec))) {
3828     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3829       Context.addTypedefNameForUnnamedTagDecl(TagFromDeclSpec, NewTD);
3830     return;
3831   }
3832 
3833   // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then
3834   // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that
3835   // linkage, which might be a serious problem.  Diagnose this as
3836   // unsupported and ignore the typedef name.  TODO: we should
3837   // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule
3838   // for how to handle it.
3839   if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) {
3840     Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage);
3841 
3842     SourceLocation tagLoc = TagFromDeclSpec->getInnerLocStart();
3843     tagLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc);
3844 
3845     llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert;
3846     textToInsert += ' ';
3847     textToInsert += NewTD->getIdentifier()->getName();
3848     Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage)
3849         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert);
3850     return;
3851   }
3852 
3853   // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag.
3854   TagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD);
3855 }
3856 
3857 static unsigned GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DeclSpec::TST T) {
3858   switch (T) {
3859   case DeclSpec::TST_class:
3860     return 0;
3861   case DeclSpec::TST_struct:
3862     return 1;
3863   case DeclSpec::TST_interface:
3864     return 2;
3865   case DeclSpec::TST_union:
3866     return 3;
3867   case DeclSpec::TST_enum:
3868     return 4;
3869   default:
3870     llvm_unreachable("unexpected type specifier");
3871   }
3872 }
3873 
3874 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
3875 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template
3876 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations.
3877 Decl *
3878 Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS,
3879                                  MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
3880                                  bool IsExplicitInstantiation,
3881                                  RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) {
3882   Decl *TagD = nullptr;
3883   TagDecl *Tag = nullptr;
3884   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
3885       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
3886       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
3887       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
3888       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
3889     TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl();
3890 
3891     if (!TagD) // We probably had an error
3892       return nullptr;
3893 
3894     // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the
3895     // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others
3896     // it's a Type.
3897     if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD))
3898       Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
3899     else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD))
3900       Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl();
3901   }
3902 
3903   if (Tag) {
3904     handleTagNumbering(Tag, S);
3905     Tag->setFreeStanding();
3906     if (Tag->isInvalidDecl())
3907       return Tag;
3908   }
3909 
3910   if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3911     // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object
3912     // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified."
3913     if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
3914       Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
3915            diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg)
3916            << DS.getSourceRange();
3917   }
3918 
3919   if (DS.isInlineSpecified())
3920     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function)
3921         << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z;
3922 
3923   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) {
3924     // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations
3925     // and definitions of functions and variables.
3926     if (Tag)
3927       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag)
3928           << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType());
3929     else
3930       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators);
3931     // Don't emit warnings after this error.
3932     return TagD;
3933   }
3934 
3935   if (DS.isConceptSpecified()) {
3936     // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: A concept definition refers to
3937     // either a function concept and its definition or a variable concept and
3938     // its initializer.
3939     Diag(DS.getConceptSpecLoc(), diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind);
3940     return TagD;
3941   }
3942 
3943   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
3944 
3945   if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) {
3946     // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that
3947     // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect.
3948     if (TagD && !Tag)
3949       return nullptr;
3950     return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams);
3951   }
3952 
3953   const CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope();
3954   bool IsExplicitSpecialization =
3955     !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0;
3956   if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() &&
3957       !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization &&
3958       !isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Tag)) {
3959     // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a
3960     // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation
3961     // or an explicit specialization.
3962     //
3963     // FIXME: We allow class template partial specializations here too, per the
3964     // obvious intent of DR1819.
3965     //
3966     // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either.
3967     Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier)
3968         << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()) << SS.getRange();
3969     return nullptr;
3970   }
3971 
3972   // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything.
3973   bool DeclaresAnything = true;
3974 
3975   // Handle anonymous struct definitions.
3976   if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) {
3977     if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() &&
3978         DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
3979       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
3980           Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
3981         // If CurContext is a DeclContext that can contain statements,
3982         // RecursiveASTVisitor won't visit the decls that
3983         // BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion() will put into CurContext.
3984         // Also store them here so that they can be part of the
3985         // DeclStmt that gets created in this case.
3986         // FIXME: Also return the IndirectFieldDecls created by
3987         // BuildAnonymousStructOr union, for the same reason?
3988         if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
3989           AnonRecord = Record;
3990         return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record,
3991                                            Context.getPrintingPolicy());
3992       }
3993 
3994       DeclaresAnything = false;
3995     }
3996   }
3997 
3998   // C11 6.7.2.1p2:
3999   //   A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or
4000   //   anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list.
4001   //
4002   // This rule also existed in C89 and C99; the grammar for struct-declaration
4003   // did not permit a struct-declaration without a struct-declarator-list.
4004   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() &&
4005       DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
4006     // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member.
4007     // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union:
4008     //   struct STRUCT;
4009     //   union UNION;
4010     // and
4011     //   STRUCT_TYPE;  <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct.
4012     //   UNION_TYPE;   <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union.
4013     if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) ||
4014         DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) {
4015       RecordDecl *Record = nullptr;
4016       if (Tag)
4017         Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag);
4018       else if (const RecordType *RT =
4019                    DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType())
4020         Record = RT->getDecl();
4021       else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType())
4022         Record = UT->getDecl();
4023 
4024       if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
4025         Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record)
4026           << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange();
4027         return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record);
4028       }
4029 
4030       DeclaresAnything = false;
4031     }
4032   }
4033 
4034   // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error.
4035   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error ||
4036       (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl()))
4037     return TagD;
4038 
4039   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
4040       DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4041     if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag))
4042       if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() &&
4043           !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl())
4044         DeclaresAnything = false;
4045 
4046   if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) {
4047     // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name.
4048     if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4049       Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name)
4050         << DS.getSourceRange();
4051     else
4052       DeclaresAnything = false;
4053   }
4054 
4055   if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() &&
4056       Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
4057     Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class)
4058       << Tag->getTagKind()
4059       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
4060 
4061   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
4062 
4063   // C 6.7/2:
4064   //   A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag,
4065   //   or the members of an enumeration.
4066   // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3:
4067   //   [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an
4068   //   unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more
4069   //   names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a
4070   //   previous declaration.
4071   if (!DeclaresAnything) {
4072     // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother
4073     // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this.
4074     Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange();
4075     return TagD;
4076   }
4077 
4078   // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
4079   //   If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the
4080   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
4081   // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1:
4082   //   If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the
4083   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
4084   //
4085   // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C.
4086   unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier;
4087   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4088     DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier;
4089 
4090   // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but
4091   // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically
4092   // useless.
4093   if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) {
4094     if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable)
4095       // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is
4096       // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error.
4097       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
4098     else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4099       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
4100         << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS);
4101   }
4102 
4103   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
4104     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
4105       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
4106   if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
4107     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
4108       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const";
4109     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
4110       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile";
4111     // Restrict is covered above.
4112     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
4113       Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic";
4114     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned)
4115       Diag(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "__unaligned";
4116   }
4117 
4118   // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example:
4119   // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A;
4120   // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration.
4121   if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) {
4122     DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType();
4123     if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
4124         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
4125         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
4126         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
4127         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
4128       for (AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); attrs;
4129            attrs = attrs->getNext())
4130         Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored)
4131             << attrs->getName() << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(TypeSpecType);
4132     }
4133   }
4134 
4135   return TagD;
4136 }
4137 
4138 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope;
4139 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded.
4140 ///
4141 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration
4142 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef,
4143                                          Scope *S,
4144                                          DeclContext *Owner,
4145                                          DeclarationName Name,
4146                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
4147                                          bool IsUnion) {
4148   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName,
4149                  Sema::ForRedeclaration);
4150   if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false;
4151 
4152   // Pick a representative declaration.
4153   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl();
4154   assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl");
4155 
4156   if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S))
4157     return false;
4158 
4159   SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_anonymous_record_member_redecl)
4160     << IsUnion << Name;
4161   SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
4162 
4163   return true;
4164 }
4165 
4166 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the
4167 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner
4168 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize
4169 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or
4170 /// struct, e.g.,
4171 ///
4172 /// @code
4173 /// union {
4174 ///   int i;
4175 ///   float f;
4176 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and
4177 ///    // f into the surrounding scope.x
4178 /// @endcode
4179 ///
4180 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous
4181 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well.
4182 static bool
4183 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, DeclContext *Owner,
4184                                     RecordDecl *AnonRecord, AccessSpecifier AS,
4185                                     SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining) {
4186   bool Invalid = false;
4187 
4188   // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name.
4189   for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) {
4190     if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) &&
4191         cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) {
4192       ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
4193       if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(),
4194                                        VD->getLocation(),
4195                                        AnonRecord->isUnion())) {
4196         // C++ [class.union]p2:
4197         //   The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be
4198         //   distinct from the names of any other entity in the
4199         //   scope in which the anonymous union is declared.
4200         Invalid = true;
4201       } else {
4202         // C++ [class.union]p2:
4203         //   For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union
4204         //   definition, the members of the anonymous union are
4205         //   considered to have been defined in the scope in which the
4206         //   anonymous union is declared.
4207         unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size();
4208         if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD))
4209           Chaining.append(IF->chain_begin(), IF->chain_end());
4210         else
4211           Chaining.push_back(VD);
4212 
4213         assert(Chaining.size() >= 2);
4214         NamedDecl **NamedChain =
4215           new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()];
4216         for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++)
4217           NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i];
4218 
4219         IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectField = IndirectFieldDecl::Create(
4220             SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), VD->getIdentifier(),
4221             VD->getType(), {NamedChain, Chaining.size()});
4222 
4223         for (const auto *Attr : VD->attrs())
4224           IndirectField->addAttr(Attr->clone(SemaRef.Context));
4225 
4226         IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
4227         IndirectField->setImplicit();
4228         SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S);
4229 
4230         // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier.
4231         if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
4232 
4233         Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize);
4234       }
4235     }
4236   }
4237 
4238   return Invalid;
4239 }
4240 
4241 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to
4242 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller:
4243 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None.
4244 static StorageClass
4245 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) {
4246   DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
4247   assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
4248          "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl.");
4249   switch (StorageClassSpec) {
4250   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified:    return SC_None;
4251   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
4252     if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec())
4253       return SC_None;
4254     return SC_Extern;
4255   case DeclSpec::SCS_static:         return SC_Static;
4256   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:           return SC_Auto;
4257   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:       return SC_Register;
4258   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
4259     // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller.
4260   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:        // Fall through.
4261   case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef:        return SC_None;
4262   }
4263   llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier");
4264 }
4265 
4266 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) {
4267   assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer());
4268 
4269   for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) {
4270     const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I);
4271     if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I))
4272       FD = IFD->getAnonField();
4273     if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer())
4274       return FD->getLocation();
4275   }
4276 
4277   llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer");
4278 }
4279 
4280 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent,
4281                                       SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) {
4282   if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer())
4283     return;
4284 
4285   S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization);
4286   S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0;
4287 }
4288 
4289 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent,
4290                                       CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) {
4291   if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer())
4292     return;
4293 
4294   checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion));
4295 }
4296 
4297 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an
4298 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature
4299 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures
4300 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension.
4301 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
4302                                         AccessSpecifier AS,
4303                                         RecordDecl *Record,
4304                                         const PrintingPolicy &Policy) {
4305   DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext();
4306 
4307   // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension.
4308   if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11)
4309     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union);
4310   else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4311     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct);
4312   else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11)
4313     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct);
4314 
4315   // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous
4316   // structs/unions.
4317   bool Invalid = false;
4318   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4319     const char *PrevSpec = nullptr;
4320     unsigned DiagID;
4321     if (Record->isUnion()) {
4322       // C++ [class.union]p6:
4323       //   Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the
4324       //   global namespace shall be declared static.
4325       if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static &&
4326           (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) ||
4327            (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) &&
4328             cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) {
4329         Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static)
4330           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static ");
4331 
4332         // Recover by adding 'static'.
4333         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(),
4334                                PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy);
4335       }
4336       // C++ [class.union]p6:
4337       //   A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an
4338       //   anonymous union in a class scope.
4339       else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified &&
4340                isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
4341         Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
4342              diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec)
4343           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
4344 
4345         // Recover by removing the storage specifier.
4346         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified,
4347                                SourceLocation(),
4348                                PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
4349       }
4350     }
4351 
4352     // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers.
4353     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
4354       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
4355         Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
4356           << Record->isUnion() << "const"
4357           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc());
4358       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
4359         Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(),
4360              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
4361           << Record->isUnion() << "volatile"
4362           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc());
4363       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
4364         Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
4365              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
4366           << Record->isUnion() << "restrict"
4367           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc());
4368       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
4369         Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(),
4370              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
4371           << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic"
4372           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc());
4373       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned)
4374         Diag(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc(),
4375              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
4376           << Record->isUnion() << "__unaligned"
4377           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc());
4378 
4379       DS.ClearTypeQualifiers();
4380     }
4381 
4382     // C++ [class.union]p2:
4383     //   The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only
4384     //   define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and
4385     //   functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ]
4386     for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) {
4387       if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) {
4388         // C++ [class.union]p3:
4389         //   An anonymous union shall not have private or protected
4390         //   members (clause 11).
4391         assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none);
4392         if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) {
4393           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member)
4394             << Record->isUnion() << (FD->getAccess() == AS_protected);
4395           Invalid = true;
4396         }
4397 
4398         // C++ [class.union]p1
4399         //   An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial
4400         //   copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy
4401         //   assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an
4402         //   array of such objects.
4403         if (CheckNontrivialField(FD))
4404           Invalid = true;
4405       } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) {
4406         // Any implicit members are fine.
4407       } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) {
4408         // This is a type that showed up in an
4409         // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or
4410         // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the
4411         // anonymous struct or union. It's okay.
4412       } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) {
4413         if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
4414             MemRecord->getDeclName()) {
4415           // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
4416           if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
4417             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
4418               << Record->isUnion();
4419           else {
4420             // This is a nested type declaration.
4421             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
4422               << Record->isUnion();
4423             Invalid = true;
4424           }
4425         } else {
4426           // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type.
4427           // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but
4428           // not part of standard C++.
4429           Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(),
4430                diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type)
4431             << Record->isUnion();
4432         }
4433       } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) {
4434         // Any access specifier is fine.
4435       } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) {
4436         // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine.
4437       } else {
4438         // We have something that isn't a non-static data
4439         // member. Complain about it.
4440         unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member;
4441         if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem))
4442           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type;
4443         else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem))
4444           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function;
4445         else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem))
4446           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static;
4447 
4448         // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
4449         if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt &&
4450             DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
4451           Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
4452             << Record->isUnion();
4453         else {
4454           Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK) << Record->isUnion();
4455           Invalid = true;
4456         }
4457       }
4458     }
4459 
4460     // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460):
4461     //   At most one variant member of a union may have a
4462     //   brace-or-equal-initializer.
4463     if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() &&
4464         Owner->isRecord())
4465       checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner),
4466                                 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record));
4467   }
4468 
4469   if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) {
4470     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member)
4471       << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
4472     Invalid = true;
4473   }
4474 
4475   // Mock up a declarator.
4476   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext);
4477   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
4478   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union");
4479 
4480   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union.
4481   NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr;
4482   if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
4483     Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass,
4484                              DS.getLocStart(),
4485                              Record->getLocation(),
4486                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr,
4487                              Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
4488                              TInfo,
4489                              /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false,
4490                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
4491     Anon->setAccess(AS);
4492     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4493       FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon));
4494   } else {
4495     DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
4496     StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS);
4497     if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
4498       // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
4499       // an error here
4500       Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
4501       Invalid = true;
4502       SC = SC_None;
4503     }
4504 
4505     Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner,
4506                            DS.getLocStart(),
4507                            Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr,
4508                            Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
4509                            TInfo, SC);
4510 
4511     // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be
4512     // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class
4513     // initializer:
4514     //   union { int n = 0; };
4515     ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false);
4516   }
4517   Anon->setImplicit();
4518 
4519   // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type.
4520   Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true);
4521 
4522   // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current
4523   // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of
4524   // its members.
4525   Owner->addDecl(Anon);
4526 
4527   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning
4528   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
4529   // purposes.
4530   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
4531   Chain.push_back(Anon);
4532 
4533   if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, Chain))
4534     Invalid = true;
4535 
4536   if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) {
4537     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
4538       Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
4539       if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext(
4540               NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) {
4541         Context.setManglingNumber(
4542             NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(
4543                        NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S)));
4544         Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD));
4545       }
4546     }
4547   }
4548 
4549   if (Invalid)
4550     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
4551 
4552   return Anon;
4553 }
4554 
4555 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an
4556 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure.
4557 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx
4558 /// Example:
4559 ///
4560 /// struct A { int a; };
4561 /// struct B { struct A; int b; };
4562 ///
4563 /// void foo() {
4564 ///   B var;
4565 ///   var.a = 3;
4566 /// }
4567 ///
4568 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
4569                                            RecordDecl *Record) {
4570   assert(Record && "expected a record!");
4571 
4572   // Mock up a declarator.
4573   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext);
4574   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
4575   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct");
4576 
4577   auto *ParentDecl = cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext);
4578   QualType RecTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
4579 
4580   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct.
4581   NamedDecl *Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context,
4582                              ParentDecl,
4583                              DS.getLocStart(),
4584                              DS.getLocStart(),
4585                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr,
4586                              RecTy,
4587                              TInfo,
4588                              /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false,
4589                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
4590   Anon->setImplicit();
4591 
4592   // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context.
4593   CurContext->addDecl(Anon);
4594 
4595   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current
4596   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
4597   // purposes.
4598   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
4599   Chain.push_back(Anon);
4600 
4601   RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition();
4602   if (RequireCompleteType(Anon->getLocation(), RecTy,
4603                           diag::err_field_incomplete) ||
4604       InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, RecordDef,
4605                                           AS_none, Chain)) {
4606     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
4607     ParentDecl->setInvalidDecl();
4608   }
4609 
4610   return Anon;
4611 }
4612 
4613 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the
4614 /// given Declarator.
4615 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) {
4616   return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName());
4617 }
4618 
4619 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id.
4620 DeclarationNameInfo
4621 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) {
4622   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo;
4623   NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4624 
4625   switch (Name.getKind()) {
4626 
4627   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam:
4628   case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier:
4629     NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier);
4630     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4631     return NameInfo;
4632 
4633   case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId:
4634     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
4635                                            Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator));
4636     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4637     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc
4638       = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0];
4639     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc
4640       = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding();
4641     return NameInfo;
4642 
4643   case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId:
4644     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(
4645                                                            Name.Identifier));
4646     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4647     NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation);
4648     return NameInfo;
4649 
4650   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: {
4651     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4652     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo);
4653     if (Ty.isNull())
4654       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4655     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName(
4656                                                Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
4657     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4658     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
4659     return NameInfo;
4660   }
4661 
4662   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: {
4663     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4664     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo);
4665     if (Ty.isNull())
4666       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4667     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
4668                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
4669     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4670     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
4671     return NameInfo;
4672   }
4673 
4674   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: {
4675     // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor
4676     // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there
4677     // to find the actual type being constructed.
4678     CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
4679     if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name)
4680       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4681 
4682     // Determine the type of the class being constructed.
4683     QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass);
4684 
4685     // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as
4686     // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name
4687     // was qualified.
4688 
4689     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
4690                                     Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType)));
4691     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4692     // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo?
4693     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr);
4694     return NameInfo;
4695   }
4696 
4697   case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: {
4698     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4699     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo);
4700     if (Ty.isNull())
4701       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4702     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
4703                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
4704     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4705     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
4706     return NameInfo;
4707   }
4708 
4709   case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: {
4710     TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get();
4711     SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
4712     return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc);
4713   }
4714 
4715   } // switch (Name.getKind())
4716 
4717   llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind");
4718 }
4719 
4720 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) {
4721   do {
4722     if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType())
4723       Ty = Ty->getPointeeType();
4724     else if (Ty->isArrayType())
4725       Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType();
4726     else
4727       return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers();
4728   } while (true);
4729 }
4730 
4731 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration
4732 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is
4733 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function
4734 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace.
4735 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ
4736 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters
4737 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match.
4738 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context,
4739                                      FunctionDecl *Declaration,
4740                                      FunctionDecl *Definition,
4741                                      SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) {
4742   Params.clear();
4743   if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size())
4744     return false;
4745   for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) {
4746     QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
4747     QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
4748 
4749     // The parameter types are identical
4750     if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy))
4751       continue;
4752 
4753     QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy);
4754     QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy);
4755     const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
4756     const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
4757 
4758     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) ||
4759         (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName))
4760       Params.push_back(Idx);
4761     else  // The two parameters aren't even close
4762       return false;
4763   }
4764 
4765   return true;
4766 }
4767 
4768 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given
4769 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation.
4770 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for
4771 /// consideration here.  That's specifically the type in the decl spec
4772 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks.
4773 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D,
4774                                                     DeclarationName Name) {
4775   // The types we specifically need to rebuild are:
4776   //   - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes
4777   //   - types which will become injected class names
4778   // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a
4779   // type.  It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a
4780   // few cases here.
4781 
4782   DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec();
4783   switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) {
4784   case DeclSpec::TST_typename:
4785   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType:
4786   case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType:
4787   case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: {
4788     // Grab the type from the parser.
4789     TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr;
4790     QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI);
4791     if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break;
4792 
4793     // Make sure there's a type source info.  This isn't really much
4794     // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info
4795     // attached already.
4796     if (!TSI)
4797       TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
4798 
4799     // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation.
4800     TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name);
4801     if (!TSI) return true;
4802 
4803     // Store the new type back in the decl spec.
4804     ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI);
4805     DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType);
4806     break;
4807   }
4808 
4809   case DeclSpec::TST_decltype:
4810   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: {
4811     Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr();
4812     ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E);
4813     if (Result.isInvalid()) return true;
4814     DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get());
4815     break;
4816   }
4817 
4818   default:
4819     // Nothing to do for these decl specs.
4820     break;
4821   }
4822 
4823   // It doesn't matter what order we do this in.
4824   for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
4825     DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I);
4826 
4827     // The only type information in the declarator which can come
4828     // before the declaration name is the base type of a member
4829     // pointer.
4830     if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer)
4831       continue;
4832 
4833     // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place.
4834     CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope();
4835     if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS))
4836       return true;
4837   }
4838 
4839   return false;
4840 }
4841 
4842 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
4843   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration);
4844   Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
4845 
4846   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() &&
4847       Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
4848     Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
4849 
4850   return Dcl;
4851 }
4852 
4853 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13:
4854 ///   If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
4855 ///   name different from T:
4856 ///     - every static data member of class T;
4857 ///     - every member function of class T
4858 ///     - every member of class T that is itself a type;
4859 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules.
4860 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC,
4861                                    DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) {
4862   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
4863 
4864   CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
4865   while (Record && Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
4866     Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getParent());
4867   if (Record && Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) {
4868     Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name;
4869     return true;
4870   }
4871 
4872   return false;
4873 }
4874 
4875 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given
4876 /// nested-name-specifier.
4877 ///
4878 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
4879 ///
4880 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier
4881 /// resolves.
4882 ///
4883 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared.
4884 ///
4885 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared.
4886 ///
4887 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise.
4888 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
4889                                         DeclarationName Name,
4890                                         SourceLocation Loc) {
4891   DeclContext *Cur = CurContext;
4892   while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur))
4893     Cur = Cur->getParent();
4894 
4895   // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the
4896   // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it.
4897   //
4898   // class X {
4899   //   void X::f();
4900   // };
4901   //
4902   // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all
4903   // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482.
4904   if (Cur->Equals(DC)) {
4905     if (Cur->isRecord()) {
4906       Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification
4907                                       : diag::err_member_extra_qualification)
4908         << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange());
4909       SS.clear();
4910     } else {
4911       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name;
4912     }
4913     return false;
4914   }
4915 
4916   // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original
4917   // declaration.
4918   if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) {
4919     if (Cur->isRecord())
4920       Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
4921         << Name << SS.getRange();
4922     else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
4923       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope)
4924         << Name << SS.getRange();
4925     else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur))
4926       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function)
4927         << Name << SS.getRange();
4928     else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur))
4929       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block)
4930         << Name << SS.getRange();
4931     else
4932       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope)
4933       << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange();
4934 
4935     return true;
4936   }
4937 
4938   if (Cur->isRecord()) {
4939     // Cannot qualify members within a class.
4940     Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
4941       << Name << SS.getRange();
4942     SS.clear();
4943 
4944     // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break
4945     // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If
4946     // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely.
4947     if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName ||
4948          Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) &&
4949         !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(),
4950                              Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur))))
4951       return true;
4952 
4953     return false;
4954   }
4955 
4956   // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1:
4957   //   [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall
4958   //   not begin with a decltype-specifer"
4959   NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data());
4960   while (SpecLoc.getPrefix())
4961     SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix();
4962   if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>(
4963         SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType()))
4964     Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator)
4965       << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
4966 
4967   return false;
4968 }
4969 
4970 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
4971                                   MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) {
4972   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
4973   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
4974   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
4975 
4976   // All of these full declarators require an identifier.  If it doesn't have
4977   // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used.
4978   if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) {
4979     return ActOnDecompositionDeclarator(S, D, TemplateParamLists);
4980   } else if (!Name) {
4981     if (!D.isInvalidType())  // Reject this if we think it is valid.
4982       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
4983            diag::err_declarator_need_ident)
4984         << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange();
4985     return nullptr;
4986   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType))
4987     return nullptr;
4988 
4989   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
4990   // we find one that is.
4991   while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 ||
4992          (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0)
4993     S = S->getParent();
4994 
4995   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
4996   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid())
4997     D.setInvalidType();
4998   else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4999     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
5000                                         UPPC_DeclarationQualifier))
5001       return nullptr;
5002 
5003     bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
5004     DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext);
5005     if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) {
5006       // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the
5007       // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class,
5008       // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain
5009       // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster.
5010       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5011            diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match)
5012         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()
5013         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5014       return nullptr;
5015     }
5016     bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext();
5017 
5018     if (!IsDependentContext &&
5019         RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC))
5020       return nullptr;
5021 
5022     // If a class is incomplete, do not parse entities inside it.
5023     if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) {
5024       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5025            diag::err_member_def_undefined_record)
5026         << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5027       return nullptr;
5028     }
5029     if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
5030       if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC,
5031                                       Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) {
5032         if (DC->isRecord())
5033           return nullptr;
5034 
5035         D.setInvalidType();
5036       }
5037     }
5038 
5039     // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given
5040     // declaration in the current instantiation.
5041     if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext &&
5042         TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) {
5043       ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
5044       if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name))
5045         D.setInvalidType();
5046     }
5047   }
5048 
5049   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
5050   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
5051 
5052   if (!R->isFunctionType() && DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo))
5053     // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics.
5054     // Just return early; it's safer. If this is a function, let the
5055     // "constructor cannot have a return type" diagnostic handle it.
5056     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
5057       return nullptr;
5058 
5059   if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
5060                                       UPPC_DeclarationType))
5061     D.setInvalidType();
5062 
5063   LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName,
5064                         ForRedeclaration);
5065 
5066   // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope.
5067   if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5068     bool IsLinkageLookup = false;
5069     bool CreateBuiltins = false;
5070 
5071     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function
5072     // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with
5073     // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6).
5074     //
5075     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with
5076     // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with
5077     // the same name.
5078     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
5079       /* Do nothing*/;
5080     else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
5081              (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern ||
5082               R->isFunctionType())) {
5083       IsLinkageLookup = true;
5084       CreateBuiltins =
5085           CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit();
5086     } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
5087                D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static)
5088       CreateBuiltins = true;
5089 
5090     if (IsLinkageLookup)
5091       Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage);
5092 
5093     LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins);
5094   } else { // Something like "int foo::x;"
5095     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
5096 
5097     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
5098     //   When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a
5099     //  previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the
5100     //  qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the
5101     //  inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization
5102     //  thereof; [...]
5103     //
5104     // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have
5105     // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration
5106     // we want to match. For example, given:
5107     //
5108     //   class X {
5109     //     void f();
5110     //     void f(float);
5111     //   };
5112     //
5113     //   void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed
5114     //
5115     // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set
5116     // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them
5117     // matches.
5118 
5119     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
5120     //   [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a
5121     //   using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by
5122     //   the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
5123     RemoveUsingDecls(Previous);
5124   }
5125 
5126   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
5127       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
5128     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
5129     if (!D.isInvalidType())
5130       DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5131                                       Previous.getFoundDecl());
5132 
5133     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
5134     Previous.clear();
5135   }
5136 
5137   // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type
5138   // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the
5139   // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a
5140   // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4).
5141   if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() &&
5142       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
5143     Previous.clear();
5144 
5145   // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters
5146   // of a function declaration (C++ only).
5147   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
5148     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
5149 
5150   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) {
5151     // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be
5152     // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable
5153     // template, declared in namespace scope
5154     if (!TemplateParamLists.size()) {
5155       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(),
5156            diag:: err_concept_wrong_decl_kind);
5157       return nullptr;
5158     }
5159 
5160     if (!DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext()) {
5161       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5162            diag::err_concept_decls_may_only_appear_in_namespace_scope);
5163       return nullptr;
5164     }
5165   }
5166 
5167   NamedDecl *New;
5168 
5169   bool AddToScope = true;
5170   if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
5171     if (TemplateParamLists.size()) {
5172       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef);
5173       return nullptr;
5174     }
5175 
5176     New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous);
5177   } else if (R->isFunctionType()) {
5178     New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous,
5179                                   TemplateParamLists,
5180                                   AddToScope);
5181   } else {
5182     New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists,
5183                                   AddToScope);
5184   }
5185 
5186   if (!New)
5187     return nullptr;
5188 
5189   // If this has an identifier and is not a function template specialization,
5190   // add it to the scope stack.
5191   if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope) {
5192     // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first
5193     // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should
5194     // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it.
5195     bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl();
5196     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext);
5197     if (!AddToContext)
5198       CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New);
5199   }
5200 
5201   if (isInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext())
5202     checkDeclIsAllowedInOpenMPTarget(nullptr, New);
5203 
5204   return New;
5205 }
5206 
5207 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
5208 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
5209 /// GCC compatibility).
5210 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T,
5211                                                     ASTContext &Context,
5212                                                     bool &SizeIsNegative,
5213                                                     llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
5214   // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant
5215   // array even when the size isn't an ICE.  This is necessary
5216   // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy
5217   // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];}
5218   SizeIsNegative = false;
5219   Oversized = 0;
5220 
5221   if (T->isDependentType())
5222     return QualType();
5223 
5224   QualifierCollector Qs;
5225   const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T);
5226 
5227   if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) {
5228     QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType();
5229     QualType FixedType =
5230         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative,
5231                                             Oversized);
5232     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
5233     FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType);
5234     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
5235   }
5236   if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) {
5237     QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType();
5238     QualType FixedType =
5239         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative,
5240                                             Oversized);
5241     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
5242     FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType);
5243     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
5244   }
5245 
5246   const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T);
5247   if (!VLATy)
5248     return QualType();
5249   // FIXME: We should probably handle this case
5250   if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
5251     return QualType();
5252 
5253   llvm::APSInt Res;
5254   if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() ||
5255       !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context))
5256     return QualType();
5257 
5258   // Check whether the array size is negative.
5259   if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) {
5260     SizeIsNegative = true;
5261     return QualType();
5262   }
5263 
5264   // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed.
5265   unsigned ActiveSizeBits
5266     = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(),
5267                                               Res);
5268   if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) {
5269     Oversized = Res;
5270     return QualType();
5271   }
5272 
5273   return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(),
5274                                       Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
5275 }
5276 
5277 static void
5278 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) {
5279   SrcTL = SrcTL.getUnqualifiedLoc();
5280   DstTL = DstTL.getUnqualifiedLoc();
5281   if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) {
5282     PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>();
5283     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(),
5284                                       DstPTL.getPointeeLoc());
5285     DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc());
5286     return;
5287   }
5288   if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) {
5289     ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>();
5290     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(),
5291                                       DstPTL.getInnerLoc());
5292     DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc());
5293     DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc());
5294     return;
5295   }
5296   ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
5297   ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
5298   TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc();
5299   TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc();
5300   DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL);
5301   DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc());
5302   DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr());
5303   DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc());
5304 }
5305 
5306 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
5307 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
5308 /// GCC compatibility).
5309 static TypeSourceInfo*
5310 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
5311                                               ASTContext &Context,
5312                                               bool &SizeIsNegative,
5313                                               llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
5314   QualType FixedTy
5315     = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context,
5316                                           SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
5317   if (FixedTy.isNull())
5318     return nullptr;
5319   TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy);
5320   FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(),
5321                                     FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc());
5322   return FixedTInfo;
5323 }
5324 
5325 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so
5326 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C"
5327 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just
5328 /// function-scope declarations.
5329 void
5330 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) {
5331   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
5332       ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
5333     // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C.
5334     return;
5335 
5336   // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name.
5337   Context.getExternCContextDecl()->makeDeclVisibleInContext(ND);
5338 }
5339 
5340 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) {
5341   // FIXME: We can have multiple results via __attribute__((overloadable)).
5342   auto Result = Context.getExternCContextDecl()->lookup(Name);
5343   return Result.empty() ? nullptr : *Result.begin();
5344 }
5345 
5346 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that
5347 /// does not identify a function.
5348 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) {
5349   // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid
5350   // confusion for constructs like "virtual int a(), b;"
5351   if (DS.isVirtualSpecified())
5352     Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(),
5353          diag::err_virtual_non_function);
5354 
5355   if (DS.isExplicitSpecified())
5356     Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(),
5357          diag::err_explicit_non_function);
5358 
5359   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified())
5360     Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
5361          diag::err_noreturn_non_function);
5362 }
5363 
5364 NamedDecl*
5365 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
5366                              TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) {
5367   // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
5368   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5369     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator)
5370       << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5371     D.setInvalidType();
5372     // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier.
5373     DC = CurContext;
5374     Previous.clear();
5375   }
5376 
5377   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
5378 
5379   if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified())
5380     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function)
5381         << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z;
5382   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
5383     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
5384       << 1;
5385   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified())
5386     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(),
5387          diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind);
5388 
5389   if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) {
5390     Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier)
5391       << D.getName().getSourceRange();
5392     return nullptr;
5393   }
5394 
5395   TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo);
5396   if (!NewTD) return nullptr;
5397 
5398   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
5399   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D);
5400 
5401   CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD);
5402 
5403   bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration();
5404   NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration);
5405   D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration);
5406   return ND;
5407 }
5408 
5409 void
5410 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) {
5411   // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type
5412   // then it shall have block scope.
5413   // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so
5414   // that redeclarations will match.
5415   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo();
5416   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
5417   if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
5418     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
5419 
5420     if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) {
5421       bool SizeIsNegative;
5422       llvm::APSInt Oversized;
5423       TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
5424         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
5425                                                       SizeIsNegative,
5426                                                       Oversized);
5427       if (FixedTInfo) {
5428         Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
5429         NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
5430       } else {
5431         if (SizeIsNegative)
5432           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
5433         else if (T->isVariableArrayType())
5434           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope);
5435         else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
5436           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large)
5437             << Oversized.toString(10);
5438         else
5439           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
5440         NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
5441       }
5442     }
5443   }
5444 }
5445 
5446 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which
5447 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via
5448 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'.
5449 NamedDecl*
5450 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD,
5451                            LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) {
5452   // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is
5453   // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing.
5454   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false,
5455                        /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false);
5456   filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(*this, NewTD, Previous);
5457   if (!Previous.empty()) {
5458     Redeclaration = true;
5459     MergeTypedefNameDecl(S, NewTD, Previous);
5460   }
5461 
5462   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
5463   if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier())
5464     if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() &&
5465         NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
5466       if (II->isStr("FILE"))
5467         Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD);
5468       else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf"))
5469         Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
5470       else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf"))
5471         Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
5472       else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t"))
5473         Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD);
5474     }
5475 
5476   return NewTD;
5477 }
5478 
5479 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope
5480 /// previous declaration.
5481 ///
5482 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a
5483 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a
5484 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new
5485 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with
5486 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99
5487 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6).
5488 ///
5489 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name
5490 /// lookup
5491 ///
5492 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being
5493 /// declared.
5494 ///
5495 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration
5496 /// for a new delcaration with the same name.
5497 static bool
5498 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC,
5499                                 ASTContext &Context) {
5500   if (!PrevDecl)
5501     return false;
5502 
5503   if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage())
5504     return false;
5505 
5506   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5507     // C++ [basic.link]p6:
5508     //   If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage
5509     //   having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared
5510     //   outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block
5511     //   scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the
5512     //   linkage of the previous declaration.
5513     DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext();
5514     if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
5515       // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations.
5516       return false;
5517 
5518     DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext();
5519     if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord())
5520       // We found a member function: ignore it.
5521       return false;
5522 
5523     // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and
5524     // previous declarations.
5525     OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
5526     PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
5527 
5528     // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it
5529     // isn't the same function.
5530     if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext))
5531       return false;
5532   }
5533 
5534   return true;
5535 }
5536 
5537 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) {
5538   CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec();
5539   if (!SS.isSet()) return;
5540   DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext()));
5541 }
5542 
5543 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) {
5544   QualType type = decl->getType();
5545   Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime();
5546   if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) {
5547     // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing.
5548     unsigned kind = -1U;
5549     if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
5550       if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
5551         kind = 0; // __block
5552       else if (!var->hasLocalStorage())
5553         kind = 1; // global
5554     } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) {
5555       kind = 3; // ivar
5556     } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) {
5557       kind = 2; // field
5558     }
5559 
5560     if (kind != -1U) {
5561       Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var)
5562         << kind;
5563     }
5564   } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) {
5565     // Try to infer lifetime.
5566     if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType())
5567       return false;
5568 
5569     lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
5570     type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime);
5571     decl->setType(type);
5572   }
5573 
5574   if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
5575     // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime.
5576     if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone &&
5577         var->getTLSKind()) {
5578       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership)
5579         << var->getType();
5580       return true;
5581     }
5582   }
5583 
5584   return false;
5585 }
5586 
5587 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) {
5588   // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache
5589   // the wrong linkage.
5590   assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0);
5591 
5592   // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage.
5593   if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) {
5594     if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5595       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static);
5596       ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>();
5597     }
5598   }
5599   if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) {
5600     if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5601       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static);
5602       ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>();
5603       ND.dropAttr<AliasAttr>();
5604     }
5605   }
5606 
5607   if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND)) {
5608     if (VD->hasInit()) {
5609       if (const auto *Attr = VD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) {
5610         assert(VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
5611                !VD->isExternallyVisible() && "Broken AliasAttr handled late!");
5612         S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << VD << 0;
5613         VD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>();
5614       }
5615     }
5616   }
5617 
5618   // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible variable declarations.
5619   // It does not apply to functions.
5620   if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) {
5621     if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5622       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(),
5623              diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data);
5624       ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>();
5625     }
5626   }
5627 
5628   if (const InheritableAttr *Attr = getDLLAttr(&ND)) {
5629     // dll attributes require external linkage. Static locals may have external
5630     // linkage but still cannot be explicitly imported or exported.
5631     auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND);
5632     if (!ND.isExternallyVisible() || (VD && VD->isStaticLocal())) {
5633       S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern)
5634         << &ND << Attr;
5635       ND.setInvalidDecl();
5636     }
5637   }
5638 
5639   // Virtual functions cannot be marked as 'notail'.
5640   if (auto *Attr = ND.getAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>())
5641     if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(&ND))
5642       if (MD->isVirtual()) {
5643         S.Diag(ND.getLocation(),
5644                diag::err_invalid_attribute_on_virtual_function)
5645             << Attr;
5646         ND.dropAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>();
5647       }
5648 }
5649 
5650 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl,
5651                                            NamedDecl *NewDecl,
5652                                            bool IsSpecialization,
5653                                            bool IsDefinition) {
5654   if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) {
5655     OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl();
5656     if (!IsSpecialization)
5657       IsDefinition = false;
5658   }
5659   if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl))
5660     NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl();
5661 
5662   if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl)
5663     return;
5664 
5665   const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5666   const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>();
5667   const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5668   const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>();
5669 
5670   // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude
5671   // inherited attribute instances.
5672   bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) ||
5673                     (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited());
5674 
5675   // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute,
5676   // the only exception being explicit specializations.
5677   // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there
5678   // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport.
5679   bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr;
5680 
5681   if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) {
5682     // Allow with a warning for free functions and global variables.
5683     bool JustWarn = false;
5684     if (!OldDecl->isCXXClassMember()) {
5685       auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldDecl);
5686       if (VD && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate())
5687         JustWarn = true;
5688       auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl);
5689       if (FD && FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_NonTemplate)
5690         JustWarn = true;
5691     }
5692 
5693     // We cannot change a declaration that's been used because IR has already
5694     // been emitted. Dllimported functions will still work though (modulo
5695     // address equality) as they can use the thunk.
5696     if (OldDecl->isUsed())
5697       if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl) || !NewImportAttr)
5698         JustWarn = false;
5699 
5700     unsigned DiagID = JustWarn ? diag::warn_attribute_dll_redeclaration
5701                                : diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration;
5702     S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), DiagID)
5703         << NewDecl
5704         << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr);
5705     S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
5706     if (!JustWarn) {
5707       NewDecl->setInvalidDecl();
5708       return;
5709     }
5710   }
5711 
5712   // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only
5713   // exceptions being inline function definitions, local extern declarations,
5714   // qualified friend declarations or special MSVC extension: in the last case,
5715   // the declaration is treated as if it were marked dllexport.
5716   bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false;
5717   bool IsMicrosoft = S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft();
5718   if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl)) {
5719     // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed
5720     // separately.
5721     IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember();
5722     IsDefinition = VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(S.Context) !=
5723                    VarDecl::DeclarationOnly;
5724   } else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) {
5725     IsInline = FD->isInlined();
5726     IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() &&
5727                         FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared;
5728   }
5729 
5730   if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr && !IsInline && !IsStaticDataMember &&
5731       !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) {
5732     if (IsMicrosoft && IsDefinition) {
5733       S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(),
5734              diag::warn_redeclaration_without_import_attribute)
5735           << NewDecl;
5736       S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
5737       NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5738       NewDecl->addAttr(::new (S.Context) DLLExportAttr(
5739           NewImportAttr->getRange(), S.Context,
5740           NewImportAttr->getSpellingListIndex()));
5741     } else {
5742       S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(),
5743              diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored)
5744           << NewDecl << OldImportAttr;
5745       S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
5746       S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute);
5747       OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5748       NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5749     }
5750   } else if (IsInline && OldImportAttr && !IsMicrosoft) {
5751     // In MinGW, seeing a function declared inline drops the dllimport attribute.
5752     OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5753     NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5754     S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(),
5755            diag::warn_dllimport_dropped_from_inline_function)
5756         << NewDecl << OldImportAttr;
5757   }
5758 }
5759 
5760 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function,
5761 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the
5762 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes?
5763 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) {
5764   // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction.
5765 
5766   // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword.
5767   if (!FD->isInlined()) return false;
5768 
5769   // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute.
5770   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())
5771     return false;
5772 
5773   // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function.
5774   return S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally;
5775 }
5776 
5777 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching
5778 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that
5779 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally
5780 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer.
5781 ///
5782 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a
5783 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration.
5784 ///
5785 /// For instance:
5786 ///
5787 ///   auto x = []{};
5788 ///
5789 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally
5790 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage.
5791 ///
5792 /// FIXME: This is a hack.
5793 template<typename T>
5794 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) {
5795   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5796     // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C".
5797     if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>())
5798       return false;
5799 
5800     // So do CUDA's host/device attributes.
5801     if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && (D->template hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() ||
5802                                  D->template hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>()))
5803       return false;
5804   }
5805   return D->isExternC();
5806 }
5807 
5808 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) {
5809   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
5810   if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod() || isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC))
5811     return VD->hasExternalStorage();
5812   if (DC->isFileContext())
5813     return true;
5814   if (DC->isRecord())
5815     return false;
5816   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
5817 }
5818 
5819 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
5820   const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
5821   if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod() ||
5822       isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC))
5823     return true;
5824   if (DC->isRecord())
5825     return false;
5826   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
5827 }
5828 
5829 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const AttributeList *AttrList,
5830                           AttributeList::Kind Kind) {
5831   for (const AttributeList *L = AttrList; L; L = L->getNext())
5832     if (L->getKind() == Kind)
5833       return true;
5834   return false;
5835 }
5836 
5837 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD,
5838                           AttributeList::Kind Kind) {
5839   // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec.
5840   if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().getList(), Kind))
5841     return true;
5842 
5843   // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type
5844   // position to the decl itself.
5845   for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
5846     if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs(), Kind))
5847       return true;
5848   }
5849 
5850   // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself.
5851   return hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getAttributes(), Kind);
5852 }
5853 
5854 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a
5855 /// function-local external declaration.
5856 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) {
5857   if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
5858     return false;
5859 
5860   // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function
5861   // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is
5862   // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now.
5863   if (DC->isDependentContext())
5864     return true;
5865 
5866   // C++11 [basic.link]p7:
5867   //   When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to
5868   //   refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the
5869   //   innermost enclosing namespace.
5870   //
5871   // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a
5872   // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one.
5873   while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC))
5874     DC = DC->getParent();
5875   return true;
5876 }
5877 
5878 /// \brief Returns true if given declaration has external C language linkage.
5879 static bool isDeclExternC(const Decl *D) {
5880   if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D))
5881     return FD->isExternC();
5882   if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
5883     return VD->isExternC();
5884 
5885   llvm_unreachable("Unknown type of decl!");
5886 }
5887 
5888 NamedDecl *Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(
5889     Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
5890     LookupResult &Previous, MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
5891     bool &AddToScope, ArrayRef<BindingDecl *> Bindings) {
5892   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
5893   DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
5894 
5895   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
5896 
5897   if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) {
5898     AddToScope = false;
5899     // Take the name of the first declarator as our name for diagnostic
5900     // purposes.
5901     auto &Decomp = D.getDecompositionDeclarator();
5902     if (!Decomp.bindings().empty()) {
5903       II = Decomp.bindings()[0].Name;
5904       Name = II;
5905     }
5906   } else if (!II) {
5907     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name)
5908       << Name;
5909     return nullptr;
5910   }
5911 
5912   // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.b - Image type can only be used as a function argument.
5913   // OpenCL v2.0 s6.13.16.1 - Pipe type can only be used as a function
5914   // argument.
5915   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && (R->isImageType() || R->isPipeType())) {
5916     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5917          diag::err_opencl_type_can_only_be_used_as_function_parameter)
5918         << R;
5919     D.setInvalidType();
5920     return nullptr;
5921   }
5922 
5923   DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec();
5924   StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec());
5925 
5926   // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We
5927   // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext.
5928   if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() &&
5929       hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLImport) &&
5930       !hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLExport))
5931     SC = SC_Extern;
5932 
5933   DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC;
5934   bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern &&
5935                            adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC);
5936 
5937   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
5938     // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed.
5939     QualType NR = R;
5940     while (NR->isPointerType()) {
5941       if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) {
5942         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer_variable);
5943         D.setInvalidType();
5944         break;
5945       }
5946       NR = NR->getPointeeType();
5947     }
5948 
5949     if (!getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) {
5950       // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and
5951       // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled).
5952       if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) {
5953         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R;
5954         D.setInvalidType();
5955       }
5956     }
5957   }
5958 
5959   if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
5960     // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
5961     // an error here
5962     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
5963     D.setInvalidType();
5964     SC = SC_None;
5965   }
5966 
5967   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register &&
5968       !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(
5969                               D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) {
5970     // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated.
5971     // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some
5972     // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro.
5973     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5974          getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z ? diag::ext_register_storage_class
5975                                    : diag::warn_deprecated_register)
5976       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5977   }
5978 
5979   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
5980 
5981   if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) {
5982     // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not
5983     // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration.
5984     // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support.
5985     if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) {
5986       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope);
5987       D.setInvalidType();
5988     }
5989   }
5990 
5991   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
5992     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4:
5993     // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address
5994     // space qualifiers.
5995     if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local ||
5996       R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) {
5997       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace);
5998     }
5999 
6000     // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r:
6001     // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable.
6002     // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global
6003     // address space qualifiers.
6004     if (R->isEventT()) {
6005       if (S->getParent() == nullptr) {
6006         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var);
6007         D.setInvalidType();
6008       }
6009 
6010       if (R.getAddressSpace()) {
6011         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual);
6012         D.setInvalidType();
6013       }
6014     }
6015   }
6016 
6017   bool IsExplicitSpecialization = false;
6018   bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false;
6019   bool IsPartialSpecialization = false;
6020   bool IsVariableTemplate = false;
6021   VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr;
6022   VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr;
6023   TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr;
6024   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6025     NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
6026                             D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
6027                             R, TInfo, SC);
6028 
6029     if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType())
6030       ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD);
6031 
6032     if (D.isInvalidType())
6033       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6034   } else {
6035     bool Invalid = false;
6036 
6037     if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) {
6038       // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member.
6039       switch (SC) {
6040       case SC_None:
6041         break;
6042       case SC_Static:
6043         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6044              diag::err_static_out_of_line)
6045           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
6046         break;
6047       case SC_Auto:
6048       case SC_Register:
6049       case SC_Extern:
6050         // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only
6051         // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters.
6052         // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration
6053         // of class members
6054 
6055         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6056              diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member)
6057           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
6058         break;
6059       case SC_PrivateExtern:
6060         llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!");
6061       }
6062     }
6063 
6064     if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) {
6065       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
6066         if (RD->isLocalClass())
6067           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6068                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class)
6069             << Name << RD->getDeclName();
6070 
6071         // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member,
6072         // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction.
6073         if (RD->isUnion())
6074           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6075                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
6076                  ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union
6077                  : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name;
6078         // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs.
6079         else if (!RD->getDeclName())
6080           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6081                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct)
6082             << Name << RD->isUnion();
6083       }
6084     }
6085 
6086     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
6087     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
6088     TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
6089         D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6090         D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
6091         D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId
6092             ? D.getName().TemplateId
6093             : nullptr,
6094         TemplateParamLists,
6095         /*never a friend*/ false, IsExplicitSpecialization, Invalid);
6096 
6097     if (TemplateParams) {
6098       if (!TemplateParams->size() &&
6099           D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
6100         // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain
6101         // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable.
6102         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
6103              diag::err_template_variable_noparams)
6104           << II
6105           << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
6106                          TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc());
6107         TemplateParams = nullptr;
6108       } else {
6109         if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
6110           // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization.
6111           // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here.
6112           IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true;
6113           IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0;
6114         } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0)
6115           // This is a template declaration.
6116           IsVariableTemplate = true;
6117 
6118           // Check that we can declare a template here.
6119           if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
6120             return nullptr;
6121 
6122           // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651).
6123           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6124                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14
6125                    ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template
6126                    : diag::ext_variable_template);
6127         }
6128       }
6129     } else {
6130       assert(
6131           (Invalid || D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) &&
6132           "should have a 'template<>' for this decl");
6133     }
6134 
6135     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) {
6136       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc =
6137           TemplateParamLists.size() > 0
6138               ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc()
6139               : SourceLocation();
6140       DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization(
6141           S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC,
6142           IsPartialSpecialization);
6143       if (Res.isInvalid())
6144         return nullptr;
6145       NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get());
6146       AddToScope = false;
6147     } else if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) {
6148       NewVD = DecompositionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
6149                                         D.getIdentifierLoc(), R, TInfo, SC,
6150                                         Bindings);
6151     } else
6152       NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
6153                               D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC);
6154 
6155     // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such.
6156     if (IsVariableTemplate) {
6157       NewTemplate =
6158           VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name,
6159                                   TemplateParams, NewVD);
6160       NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate);
6161     }
6162 
6163     // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the
6164     // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer.
6165     if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType())
6166       ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD);
6167 
6168     if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) {
6169       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6170       if (NewTemplate)
6171         NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
6172     }
6173 
6174     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D);
6175 
6176     // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to
6177     // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them.
6178     unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0;
6179     if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists)
6180       NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(
6181           Context, TemplateParamLists.drop_back(VDTemplateParamLists));
6182 
6183     if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) {
6184       NewVD->setConstexpr(true);
6185       // C++1z [dcl.spec.constexpr]p1:
6186       //   A static data member declared with the constexpr specifier is
6187       //   implicitly an inline variable.
6188       if (NewVD->isStaticDataMember() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z)
6189         NewVD->setImplicitlyInline();
6190     }
6191 
6192     if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) {
6193       if (VarTemplateDecl *VTD = NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate())
6194         VTD->setConcept();
6195 
6196       // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: A concept definition shall not
6197       // be declared with the thread_local, inline, friend, or constexpr
6198       // specifiers, [...]
6199       if (D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec() == TSCS_thread_local) {
6200         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6201              diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers)
6202             << 0 << 0;
6203         NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true);
6204       }
6205 
6206       if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) {
6207         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(),
6208              diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers)
6209             << 0 << 3;
6210         NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true);
6211       }
6212 
6213       // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be
6214       // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable
6215       // template, declared in namespace scope.
6216       if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) {
6217         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(),
6218              diag::err_concept_specified_specialization)
6219             << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 2 : 1);
6220       }
6221 
6222       // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p6: A variable concept has the
6223       // following restrictions:
6224       // - The declared type shall have the type bool.
6225       if (!Context.hasSameType(NewVD->getType(), Context.BoolTy) &&
6226           !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) {
6227         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_variable_concept_bool_decl);
6228         NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true);
6229       }
6230     }
6231   }
6232 
6233   if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) {
6234     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6235       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function)
6236           << 0;
6237     } else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
6238       // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope variable declaration.
6239       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
6240            diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name
6241         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc());
6242     } else {
6243       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
6244            getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z ? diag::warn_cxx14_compat_inline_variable
6245                                      : diag::ext_inline_variable);
6246       NewVD->setInlineSpecified();
6247     }
6248   }
6249 
6250   // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the
6251   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
6252   NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
6253   if (NewTemplate)
6254     NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
6255 
6256   if (IsLocalExternDecl) {
6257     if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator())
6258       for (auto *B : Bindings)
6259         B->setLocalExternDecl();
6260     else
6261       NewVD->setLocalExternDecl();
6262   }
6263 
6264   bool EmitTLSUnsupportedError = false;
6265   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) {
6266     // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4:
6267     //   When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the
6268     //   storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear
6269     //   explicitly.
6270     // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared
6271     //   'extern'.
6272     if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() &&
6273         (SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified ||
6274          TSCS != DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local ||
6275          !DC->isFunctionOrMethod()))
6276       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6277            diag::err_thread_non_global)
6278         << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
6279     else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) {
6280       if (getLangOpts().CUDA) {
6281         // Postpone error emission until we've collected attributes required to
6282         // figure out whether it's a host or device variable and whether the
6283         // error should be ignored.
6284         EmitTLSUnsupportedError = true;
6285         // We still need to mark the variable as TLS so it shows up in AST with
6286         // proper storage class for other tools to use even if we're not going
6287         // to emit any code for it.
6288         NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
6289       } else
6290         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6291              diag::err_thread_unsupported);
6292     } else
6293       NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
6294   }
6295 
6296   // C99 6.7.4p3
6297   //   An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall
6298   //   not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or
6299   //   thread storage duration...
6300   // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined
6301   // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'.  Note
6302   // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to
6303   // be marked 'static'.  Also note that it's possible to get these
6304   // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)).
6305   if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr &&
6306       !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) {
6307     FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl();
6308     if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) {
6309       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6310            diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline);
6311       MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD);
6312     }
6313   }
6314 
6315   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
6316     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization)
6317       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
6318           << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0)
6319           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
6320                  D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
6321     else if (IsExplicitSpecialization)
6322       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
6323         << 2
6324         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
6325     else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage())
6326       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
6327         << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName()
6328         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
6329         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
6330     else {
6331       NewVD->setModulePrivate();
6332       if (NewTemplate)
6333         NewTemplate->setModulePrivate();
6334       for (auto *B : Bindings)
6335         B->setModulePrivate();
6336     }
6337   }
6338 
6339   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
6340   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D);
6341 
6342   if (getLangOpts().CUDA) {
6343     if (EmitTLSUnsupportedError && DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD))
6344       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6345            diag::err_thread_unsupported);
6346     // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static
6347     // storage [duration]."
6348     if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr &&
6349         (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() ||
6350          NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) {
6351       NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static);
6352     }
6353   }
6354 
6355   // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as
6356   // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can
6357   // check the VarDecl itself.
6358   assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() ||
6359          NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() ||
6360          NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None);
6361 
6362   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of
6363   // retainable type.
6364   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD))
6365     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6366 
6367   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
6368   if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) {
6369     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
6370     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
6371     StringRef Label = SE->getString();
6372     if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) {
6373       switch (SC) {
6374       case SC_None:
6375       case SC_Auto:
6376         Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label;
6377         break;
6378       case SC_Register:
6379         // Local Named register
6380         if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label) &&
6381             DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), getCurFunctionDecl()))
6382           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
6383         break;
6384       case SC_Static:
6385       case SC_Extern:
6386       case SC_PrivateExtern:
6387         break;
6388       }
6389     } else if (SC == SC_Register) {
6390       // Global Named register
6391       if (DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) {
6392         const auto &TI = Context.getTargetInfo();
6393         bool HasSizeMismatch;
6394 
6395         if (!TI.isValidGCCRegisterName(Label))
6396           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
6397         else if (!TI.validateGlobalRegisterVariable(Label,
6398                                                     Context.getTypeSize(R),
6399                                                     HasSizeMismatch))
6400           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_invalid_global_var_reg) << Label;
6401         else if (HasSizeMismatch)
6402           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_register_size_mismatch) << Label;
6403       }
6404 
6405       if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) {
6406         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type);
6407         NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true);
6408       }
6409     }
6410 
6411     NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0),
6412                                                 Context, Label, 0));
6413   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
6414     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
6415       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier());
6416     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
6417       if (isDeclExternC(NewVD)) {
6418         NewVD->addAttr(I->second);
6419         ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
6420       } else
6421         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied)
6422             << /*Variable*/1 << NewVD;
6423     }
6424   }
6425 
6426   // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope.
6427   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty())
6428     CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous);
6429 
6430   // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different
6431   // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new
6432   // declaration has linkage).
6433   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD),
6434                        D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() ||
6435                        IsExplicitSpecialization ||
6436                        IsVariableTemplateSpecialization);
6437 
6438   // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This
6439   // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3.
6440   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
6441       NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage())
6442     NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope(
6443         Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() &&
6444         isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false));
6445 
6446   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6447     D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
6448   } else {
6449     // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it.
6450     if (IsExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
6451         CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous))
6452       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6453 
6454     // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate.
6455     if (!Previous.empty()) {
6456       if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
6457           isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) &&
6458           D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
6459         // The user tried to define a non-static data member
6460         // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
6461         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line)
6462           << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
6463         Previous.clear();
6464         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6465       }
6466     } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
6467       // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope.
6468       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
6469         << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true)
6470         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
6471       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6472     }
6473 
6474     if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization)
6475       D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
6476 
6477     // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p7: A program shall not declare [...]
6478     // an explicit specialization (14.8.3) or a partial specialization of a
6479     // concept definition.
6480     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization &&
6481         !D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified() && !Previous.empty() &&
6482         Previous.isSingleResult()) {
6483       NamedDecl *PreviousDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
6484       if (VarTemplateDecl *VarTmpl = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(PreviousDecl)) {
6485         if (VarTmpl->isConcept()) {
6486           Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_concept_specialized)
6487               << 1                            /*variable*/
6488               << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 2 /*partially specialized*/
6489                                           : 1 /*explicitly specialized*/);
6490           Diag(VarTmpl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
6491           NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6492         }
6493       }
6494     }
6495 
6496     if (NewTemplate) {
6497       VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate =
6498           NewVD->getPreviousDecl()
6499               ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate()
6500               : nullptr;
6501 
6502       // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly
6503       // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable
6504       // template declaration.
6505       if (CheckTemplateParameterList(
6506               TemplateParams,
6507               PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters()
6508                               : nullptr,
6509               (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() &&
6510                DC->isDependentContext())
6511                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
6512                   : TPC_VarTemplate))
6513         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6514 
6515       // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable
6516       // template, make a note of that.
6517       if (PrevVarTemplate &&
6518           PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate())
6519         PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization();
6520     }
6521   }
6522 
6523   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD);
6524 
6525   // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update
6526   // the map of such variables.
6527   if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
6528       isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD))
6529     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S);
6530 
6531   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
6532     Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
6533     if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext(
6534             NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) {
6535       Context.setManglingNumber(
6536           NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(
6537                      NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S)));
6538       Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD));
6539     }
6540   }
6541 
6542   // Special handling of variable named 'main'.
6543   if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && Name.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("main") &&
6544       NewVD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
6545       !getLangOpts().Freestanding && !NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) {
6546 
6547     // C++ [basic.start.main]p3
6548     // A program that declares a variable main at global scope is ill-formed.
6549     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
6550       Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_main_global_variable);
6551 
6552     // In C, and external-linkage variable named main results in undefined
6553     // behavior.
6554     else if (NewVD->hasExternalFormalLinkage())
6555       Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::warn_main_redefined);
6556   }
6557 
6558   if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) {
6559     checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(
6560         *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewVD,
6561         IsExplicitSpecialization, D.isFunctionDefinition());
6562   }
6563 
6564   if (NewTemplate) {
6565     if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
6566       NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
6567     ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate);
6568     return NewTemplate;
6569   }
6570 
6571   return NewVD;
6572 }
6573 
6574 /// Enum describing the %select options in diag::warn_decl_shadow.
6575 enum ShadowedDeclKind { SDK_Local, SDK_Global, SDK_StaticMember, SDK_Field };
6576 
6577 /// Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing.
6578 static ShadowedDeclKind computeShadowedDeclKind(const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl,
6579                                                 const DeclContext *OldDC) {
6580   if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC))
6581     return isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl) ? SDK_Field : SDK_StaticMember;
6582   return OldDC->isFileContext() ? SDK_Global : SDK_Local;
6583 }
6584 
6585 /// Return the location of the capture if the given lambda captures the given
6586 /// variable \p VD, or an invalid source location otherwise.
6587 static SourceLocation getCaptureLocation(const LambdaScopeInfo *LSI,
6588                                          const VarDecl *VD) {
6589   for (const LambdaScopeInfo::Capture &Capture : LSI->Captures) {
6590     if (Capture.isVariableCapture() && Capture.getVariable() == VD)
6591       return Capture.getLocation();
6592   }
6593   return SourceLocation();
6594 }
6595 
6596 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing.  Implements
6597 /// -Wshadow.
6598 ///
6599 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful"
6600 /// scope.
6601 ///
6602 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared
6603 /// \param R the lookup of the name
6604 ///
6605 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) {
6606   // Return if warning is ignored.
6607   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()))
6608     return;
6609 
6610   // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope.
6611   if (D->hasGlobalStorage())
6612     return;
6613 
6614   DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext();
6615 
6616   // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable.
6617   if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found)
6618     return;
6619 
6620   NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
6621   if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
6622     return;
6623 
6624   if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) {
6625     // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods.
6626     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC))
6627       if (MD->isStatic())
6628         return;
6629 
6630     // Fields shadowed by constructor parameters are a special case. Usually
6631     // the constructor initializes the field with the parameter.
6632     if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewDC) && isa<ParmVarDecl>(D)) {
6633       // Remember that this was shadowed so we can either warn about its
6634       // modification or its existence depending on warning settings.
6635       D = D->getCanonicalDecl();
6636       ShadowingDecls.insert({D, FD});
6637       return;
6638     }
6639   }
6640 
6641   if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
6642     if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) {
6643       // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global
6644       // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration.
6645       for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls())
6646         if (I->isFileVarDecl()) {
6647           ShadowedDecl = I;
6648           break;
6649         }
6650     }
6651 
6652   DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext();
6653 
6654   unsigned WarningDiag = diag::warn_decl_shadow;
6655   SourceLocation CaptureLoc;
6656   if (isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && NewDC && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) {
6657     if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewDC->getParent())) {
6658       if (RD->isLambda() && OldDC->Encloses(NewDC->getLexicalParent())) {
6659         if (RD->getLambdaCaptureDefault() == LCD_None) {
6660           // Try to avoid warnings for lambdas with an explicit capture list.
6661           const auto *LSI = cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(getCurFunction());
6662           // Warn only when the lambda captures the shadowed decl explicitly.
6663           CaptureLoc = getCaptureLocation(LSI, cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl));
6664           if (CaptureLoc.isInvalid())
6665             WarningDiag = diag::warn_decl_shadow_uncaptured_local;
6666         } else {
6667           // Remember that this was shadowed so we can avoid the warning if the
6668           // shadowed decl isn't captured and the warning settings allow it.
6669           cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(getCurFunction())
6670               ->ShadowingDecls.push_back({D, cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)});
6671           return;
6672         }
6673       }
6674     }
6675   }
6676 
6677   // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members.
6678   if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) {
6679     // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members.
6680     if (!OldDC->isRecord())
6681       return;
6682 
6683     // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing
6684     // static data members from base classes?
6685 
6686     // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members.
6687     // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the
6688     // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative.
6689   }
6690 
6691 
6692   DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
6693 
6694   // Emit warning and note.
6695   if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc()))
6696     return;
6697   ShadowedDeclKind Kind = computeShadowedDeclKind(ShadowedDecl, OldDC);
6698   Diag(R.getNameLoc(), WarningDiag) << Name << Kind << OldDC;
6699   if (!CaptureLoc.isInvalid())
6700     Diag(CaptureLoc, diag::note_var_explicitly_captured_here)
6701         << Name << /*explicitly*/ 1;
6702   Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
6703 }
6704 
6705 /// Diagnose shadowing for variables shadowed in the lambda record \p LambdaRD
6706 /// when these variables are captured by the lambda.
6707 void Sema::DiagnoseShadowingLambdaDecls(const LambdaScopeInfo *LSI) {
6708   for (const auto &Shadow : LSI->ShadowingDecls) {
6709     const VarDecl *ShadowedDecl = Shadow.ShadowedDecl;
6710     // Try to avoid the warning when the shadowed decl isn't captured.
6711     SourceLocation CaptureLoc = getCaptureLocation(LSI, ShadowedDecl);
6712     const DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext();
6713     Diag(Shadow.VD->getLocation(), CaptureLoc.isInvalid()
6714                                        ? diag::warn_decl_shadow_uncaptured_local
6715                                        : diag::warn_decl_shadow)
6716         << Shadow.VD->getDeclName()
6717         << computeShadowedDeclKind(ShadowedDecl, OldDC) << OldDC;
6718     if (!CaptureLoc.isInvalid())
6719       Diag(CaptureLoc, diag::note_var_explicitly_captured_here)
6720           << Shadow.VD->getDeclName() << /*explicitly*/ 0;
6721     Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
6722   }
6723 }
6724 
6725 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup.
6726 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) {
6727   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()))
6728     return;
6729 
6730   LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(),
6731                  Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration);
6732   LookupName(R, S);
6733   CheckShadow(S, D, R);
6734 }
6735 
6736 /// Check if 'E', which is an expression that is about to be modified, refers
6737 /// to a constructor parameter that shadows a field.
6738 void Sema::CheckShadowingDeclModification(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc) {
6739   // Quickly ignore expressions that can't be shadowing ctor parameters.
6740   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || ShadowingDecls.empty())
6741     return;
6742   E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
6743   auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E);
6744   if (!DRE)
6745     return;
6746   const NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(DRE->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl());
6747   auto I = ShadowingDecls.find(D);
6748   if (I == ShadowingDecls.end())
6749     return;
6750   const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = I->second;
6751   const DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext();
6752   Diag(Loc, diag::warn_modifying_shadowing_decl) << D << OldDC;
6753   Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_var_declared_here) << D;
6754   Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
6755 
6756   // Avoid issuing multiple warnings about the same decl.
6757   ShadowingDecls.erase(I);
6758 }
6759 
6760 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and
6761 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++.
6762 template<typename T>
6763 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(
6764     Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) {
6765   assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\"");
6766   NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName());
6767 
6768   if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) {
6769     // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C"
6770     // declaration.
6771     return false;
6772   }
6773 
6774   if (Prev) {
6775     if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) {
6776       // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a
6777       // redeclaration.
6778       Previous.clear();
6779       Previous.addDecl(Prev);
6780       return true;
6781     }
6782 
6783     // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous
6784     // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable
6785     // declaration.
6786     if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND))
6787       return false;
6788   } else {
6789     // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the
6790     // translation unit which might conflict.
6791     if (IsGlobal) {
6792       // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit.
6793       IsGlobal = false;
6794       for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end();
6795            I != E; ++I) {
6796         if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) {
6797           Prev = *I;
6798           break;
6799         }
6800       }
6801     } else {
6802       DeclContext::lookup_result R =
6803           S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName());
6804       for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end();
6805            I != E; ++I) {
6806         if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) {
6807           Prev = *I;
6808           break;
6809         }
6810         // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope,
6811         // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the
6812         // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name
6813         // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a
6814         // diagnostic.
6815       }
6816     }
6817 
6818     if (!Prev)
6819       return false;
6820   }
6821 
6822   // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which
6823   // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec.
6824   assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose");
6825   if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev))
6826     Prev = FD->getFirstDecl();
6827   else
6828     Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl();
6829 
6830   S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict)
6831     << IsGlobal << ND;
6832   S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict)
6833     << IsGlobal;
6834   return false;
6835 }
6836 
6837 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true
6838 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity.
6839 ///
6840 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6:
6841 ///   Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage
6842 ///   with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same
6843 ///   [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with
6844 ///   the same name as an entity in global scope.
6845 template<typename T>
6846 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND,
6847                                                   LookupResult &Previous) {
6848   if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6849     // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern'
6850     // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because
6851     // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext.
6852     if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
6853       if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) {
6854         Previous.clear();
6855         Previous.addDecl(Prev);
6856         return true;
6857       }
6858     }
6859     return false;
6860   }
6861 
6862   // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C"
6863   // declaration.
6864   if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
6865     return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous);
6866 
6867   // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the
6868   // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration
6869   // in another scope.
6870   if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND))
6871     return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous);
6872 
6873   // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do.
6874   return false;
6875 }
6876 
6877 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) {
6878   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
6879   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
6880     return;
6881 
6882   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo();
6883   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
6884 
6885   // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached.
6886   if (T->isUndeducedType())
6887     return;
6888 
6889   if (NewVD->hasAttrs())
6890     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD);
6891 
6892   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
6893     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
6894       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*");
6895     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
6896     NewVD->setType(T);
6897   }
6898 
6899   // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage.
6900   // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not
6901   // automatic variables that point to other address spaces.
6902   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2
6903   if (!getLangOpts().OpenCL
6904       && NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
6905     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl);
6906     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6907     return;
6908   }
6909 
6910   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 - The static qualifier is valid only in program
6911   // scope.
6912   if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 120 &&
6913       !getOpenCLOptions().cl_clang_storage_class_specifiers &&
6914       NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
6915     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope);
6916     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6917     return;
6918   }
6919 
6920   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
6921     // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The __block storage type is not supported.
6922     if (NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
6923       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_block_storage_type);
6924       return;
6925     }
6926 
6927     if (T->isBlockPointerType()) {
6928       // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Any block declaration must be const qualified and
6929       // can't use 'extern' storage class.
6930       if (!T.isConstQualified()) {
6931         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration)
6932             << 0 /*const*/;
6933         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6934         return;
6935       }
6936       if (NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) {
6937         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_extern_block_declaration);
6938         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6939         return;
6940       }
6941     }
6942     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the
6943     // __constant address space.
6944     // OpenCL v2.0 s6.5.1 - Variables defined at program scope and static
6945     // variables inside a function can also be declared in the global
6946     // address space.
6947     if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl() || NewVD->isStaticLocal() ||
6948         NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) {
6949       if (!T->isSamplerT() &&
6950           !(T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant ||
6951             (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global &&
6952              getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200))) {
6953         int Scope = NewVD->isStaticLocal() | NewVD->hasExternalStorage() << 1;
6954         if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200)
6955           Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space)
6956               << Scope << "global or constant";
6957         else
6958           Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space)
6959               << Scope << "constant";
6960         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6961         return;
6962       }
6963     } else {
6964       if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global) {
6965         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable)
6966             << 1 /*is any function*/ << "global";
6967         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6968         return;
6969       }
6970       // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.2 and s6.5.3 no local or constant variables
6971       // in functions.
6972       if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant ||
6973           T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) {
6974         FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl();
6975         if (FD && !FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
6976           if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant)
6977             Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable)
6978                 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "constant";
6979           else
6980             Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable)
6981                 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "local";
6982           NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6983           return;
6984         }
6985       }
6986     }
6987   }
6988 
6989   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak()
6990       && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
6991     if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC)
6992       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local);
6993     else {
6994       assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount);
6995       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local);
6996     }
6997   }
6998 
6999   bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType();
7000   if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() ||
7001       NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
7002     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
7003 
7004   if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) ||
7005       (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) {
7006     bool SizeIsNegative;
7007     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
7008     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
7009       TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
7010                                                     SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
7011     if (!FixedTInfo && T->isVariableArrayType()) {
7012       const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T);
7013       // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for
7014       // int a[10][n];
7015       SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange();
7016 
7017       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
7018         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope)
7019         << SizeRange;
7020       else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal())
7021         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage)
7022         << SizeRange;
7023       else
7024         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage)
7025         << SizeRange;
7026       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7027       return;
7028     }
7029 
7030     if (!FixedTInfo) {
7031       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
7032         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
7033       else
7034         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage);
7035       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7036       return;
7037     }
7038 
7039     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
7040     NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType());
7041     NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
7042   }
7043 
7044   if (T->isVoidType()) {
7045     // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names
7046     //                    of objects and functions.
7047     if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7048       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
7049         << T;
7050       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7051       return;
7052     }
7053   }
7054 
7055   if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
7056     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
7057     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7058     return;
7059   }
7060 
7061   if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
7062     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm);
7063     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7064     return;
7065   }
7066 
7067   if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() &&
7068       RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T,
7069                          diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) {
7070     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7071     return;
7072   }
7073 }
7074 
7075 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable
7076 /// declaration.
7077 ///
7078 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a
7079 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to
7080 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators
7081 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables
7082 /// that have been instantiated from a template.
7083 ///
7084 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered.
7085 ///
7086 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration.
7087 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) {
7088   CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD);
7089 
7090   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
7091   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
7092     return false;
7093 
7094   // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible
7095   // extern "C" declaration with the same name.
7096   if (Previous.empty() &&
7097       checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous))
7098     Previous.setShadowed();
7099 
7100   if (!Previous.empty()) {
7101     MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous);
7102     return true;
7103   }
7104   return false;
7105 }
7106 
7107 namespace {
7108 struct FindOverriddenMethod {
7109   Sema *S;
7110   CXXMethodDecl *Method;
7111 
7112   /// Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++
7113   /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with
7114   /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases().
7115   bool operator()(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path) {
7116     RecordDecl *BaseRecord =
7117         Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
7118 
7119     DeclarationName Name = Method->getDeclName();
7120 
7121     // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too?
7122     if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
7123       // We really want to find the base class destructor here.
7124       QualType T = S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord);
7125       CanQualType CT = S->Context.getCanonicalType(T);
7126 
7127       Name = S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT);
7128     }
7129 
7130     for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); !Path.Decls.empty();
7131          Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) {
7132       NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front();
7133       if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
7134         if (MD->isVirtual() && !S->IsOverload(Method, MD, false))
7135           return true;
7136       }
7137     }
7138 
7139     return false;
7140   }
7141 };
7142 
7143 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted };
7144 } // end anonymous namespace
7145 
7146 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant
7147 /// overriden methods.
7148 ///
7149 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report.
7150 /// \param MD the overriding method.
7151 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes.
7152 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD,
7153                             OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) {
7154   S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName();
7155   for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(),
7156                                       E = MD->end_overridden_methods();
7157        I != E; ++I) {
7158     // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but
7159     // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing
7160     // out the diag loop 3 times.
7161     if ((OEK == OEK_All) ||
7162         (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) ||
7163         (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted()))
7164       S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
7165   }
7166 }
7167 
7168 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes,
7169 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it.
7170 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
7171   // Look for methods in base classes that this method might override.
7172   CXXBasePaths Paths;
7173   FindOverriddenMethod FOM;
7174   FOM.Method = MD;
7175   FOM.S = this;
7176   bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false;
7177   bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false;
7178   bool AddedAny = false;
7179   if (DC->lookupInBases(FOM, Paths)) {
7180     for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) {
7181       if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) {
7182         MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl());
7183         if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) &&
7184             !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) &&
7185             !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) &&
7186             !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) {
7187           hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted();
7188           hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted();
7189           AddedAny = true;
7190         }
7191       }
7192     }
7193   }
7194 
7195   if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) {
7196     ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted);
7197   }
7198   if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) {
7199     ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted);
7200   }
7201 
7202   return AddedAny;
7203 }
7204 
7205 namespace {
7206   // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by
7207   // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator.
7208   struct ActOnFDArgs {
7209     Scope *S;
7210     Declarator &D;
7211     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists;
7212     bool AddToScope;
7213   };
7214 } // end anonymous namespace
7215 
7216 namespace {
7217 
7218 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance.
7219 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl.
7220 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
7221  public:
7222   DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD,
7223                             CXXRecordDecl *Parent)
7224       : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD),
7225         ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {}
7226 
7227   bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override {
7228     if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0)
7229       return false;
7230 
7231     SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
7232     for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(),
7233                                           CDeclEnd = candidate.end();
7234          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
7235       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
7236 
7237       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
7238           hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) {
7239         if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
7240           CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent();
7241           if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent)
7242             return true;
7243         } else if (!ExpectedParent) {
7244           return true;
7245         }
7246       }
7247     }
7248 
7249     return false;
7250   }
7251 
7252  private:
7253   ASTContext &Context;
7254   FunctionDecl *OriginalFD;
7255   CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent;
7256 };
7257 
7258 } // end anonymous namespace
7259 
7260 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration.
7261 ///
7262 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid
7263 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations
7264 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with
7265 /// the same name.
7266 ///
7267 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in
7268 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors.
7269 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
7270     Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
7271     ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) {
7272   DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName();
7273   DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext();
7274   SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
7275   SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches;
7276   TypoCorrection Correction;
7277   bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition();
7278   unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend
7279                                    : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match;
7280   LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(),
7281                     IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName
7282                                   : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName,
7283                     Sema::ForRedeclaration);
7284 
7285   NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7286   if (IsLocalFriend)
7287     SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S);
7288   else
7289     SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC);
7290   assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() &&
7291          "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup");
7292   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
7293   if (!Prev.empty()) {
7294     for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end();
7295          Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
7296       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func);
7297       if (FD &&
7298           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
7299         // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't
7300         // involve a parameter
7301         unsigned ParamNum =
7302             MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1;
7303         NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum));
7304       }
7305     }
7306   // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction
7307   } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo(
7308                   Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S,
7309                   &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
7310                   llvm::make_unique<DifferentNameValidatorCCC>(
7311                       SemaRef.Context, NewFD, MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr),
7312                   Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery, IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) {
7313     // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator
7314     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(),
7315                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
7316     Previous.clear();
7317     Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection());
7318     for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(),
7319                                     CDeclEnd = Correction.end();
7320          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
7321       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
7322       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
7323           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
7324         Previous.addDecl(FD);
7325       }
7326     }
7327     bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration();
7328 
7329     NamedDecl *Result;
7330     // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous
7331     // declarations, and with errors suppressed.
7332     {
7333       // Trap errors.
7334       Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef);
7335 
7336       // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the
7337       // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully
7338       // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs.
7339       Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator(
7340           ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D,
7341           Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(),
7342           NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists,
7343           ExtraArgs.AddToScope);
7344 
7345       if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred())
7346         Result = nullptr;
7347     }
7348 
7349     if (Result) {
7350       // Determine which correction we picked.
7351       Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl();
7352       for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end();
7353            I != E; ++I)
7354         if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical)
7355           Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I);
7356 
7357       SemaRef.diagnoseTypo(
7358           Correction,
7359           SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend
7360                           ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest
7361                           : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest)
7362             << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition);
7363       return Result;
7364     }
7365 
7366     // Pretend the typo correction never occurred
7367     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(),
7368                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
7369     ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration);
7370     Previous.clear();
7371     Previous.setLookupName(Name);
7372   }
7373 
7374   SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg)
7375       << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation();
7376 
7377   bool NewFDisConst = false;
7378   if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
7379     NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst();
7380 
7381   for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator
7382        NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end();
7383        NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) {
7384     FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first;
7385     CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD);
7386     bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst();
7387     bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend;
7388 
7389     // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case.
7390     if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) {
7391       ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1);
7392       SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc();
7393       if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation();
7394       SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match
7395                                  : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match)
7396         << Idx << FDParam->getType()
7397         << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType();
7398     } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) {
7399       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match)
7400           << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd();
7401     } else
7402       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(),
7403                    IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match
7404                             : diag::note_local_decl_close_match);
7405   }
7406   return nullptr;
7407 }
7408 
7409 static StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D) {
7410   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) {
7411   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!");
7412   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:
7413   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:
7414   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:
7415     SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7416                  diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func);
7417     D.setInvalidType();
7418     break;
7419   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break;
7420   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
7421     if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec())
7422       return SC_None;
7423     return SC_Extern;
7424   case DeclSpec::SCS_static: {
7425     if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
7426       // C99 6.7.1p5:
7427       //   The declaration of an identifier for a function that has
7428       //   block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier
7429       //   other than extern
7430       // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4).
7431       SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7432                    diag::err_static_block_func);
7433       break;
7434     } else
7435       return SC_Static;
7436   }
7437   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
7438   }
7439 
7440   // No explicit storage class has already been returned
7441   return SC_None;
7442 }
7443 
7444 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D,
7445                                            DeclContext *DC, QualType &R,
7446                                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
7447                                            StorageClass SC,
7448                                            bool &IsVirtualOkay) {
7449   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D);
7450   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
7451 
7452   FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr;
7453   bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
7454 
7455   if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7456     // Determine whether the function was written with a
7457     // prototype. This true when:
7458     //   - there is a prototype in the declarator, or
7459     //   - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference
7460     //     to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type).
7461     bool HasPrototype =
7462       (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) ||
7463       (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType());
7464 
7465     NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
7466                                  D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
7467                                  TInfo, SC, isInline,
7468                                  HasPrototype, false);
7469     if (D.isInvalidType())
7470       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7471 
7472     return NewFD;
7473   }
7474 
7475   bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
7476   bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
7477 
7478   // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type.
7479   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
7480   // the class has been completely parsed.
7481   if (!DC->isRecord() &&
7482       SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(
7483           D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(),
7484           diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType))
7485     D.setInvalidType();
7486 
7487   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) {
7488     // This is a C++ constructor declaration.
7489     assert(DC->isRecord() &&
7490            "Constructors can only be declared in a member context");
7491 
7492     R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
7493     return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
7494                                       D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
7495                                       R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline,
7496                                       /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false,
7497                                       isConstexpr);
7498 
7499   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
7500     // This is a C++ destructor declaration.
7501     if (DC->isRecord()) {
7502       R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
7503       CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
7504       CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(
7505                                         SemaRef.Context, Record,
7506                                         D.getLocStart(),
7507                                         NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline,
7508                                         /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false);
7509 
7510       // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception
7511       // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do
7512       // it yet.
7513       if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() &&
7514           Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() &&
7515           R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) {
7516         SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD);
7517       }
7518 
7519       IsVirtualOkay = true;
7520       return NewDD;
7521 
7522     } else {
7523       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member);
7524       D.setInvalidType();
7525 
7526       // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing
7527       // code path.
7528       return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
7529                                   D.getLocStart(),
7530                                   D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo,
7531                                   SC, isInline,
7532                                   /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr);
7533     }
7534 
7535   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) {
7536     if (!DC->isRecord()) {
7537       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
7538            diag::err_conv_function_not_member);
7539       return nullptr;
7540     }
7541 
7542     SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC);
7543     IsVirtualOkay = true;
7544     return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
7545                                      D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
7546                                      R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit,
7547                                      isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
7548 
7549   } else if (DC->isRecord()) {
7550     // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record,
7551     // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type.
7552     // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a
7553     // constructor if it has no return type).
7554     if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() &&
7555         Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){
7556       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type)
7557         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc())
7558         << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc());
7559       return nullptr;
7560     }
7561 
7562     // This is a C++ method declaration.
7563     CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context,
7564                                                cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
7565                                                D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
7566                                                TInfo, SC, isInline,
7567                                                isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
7568     IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic();
7569     return Ret;
7570   } else {
7571     bool isFriend =
7572         SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
7573     if (!isFriend && SemaRef.CurContext->isRecord())
7574       return nullptr;
7575 
7576     // Determine whether the function was written with a
7577     // prototype. This true when:
7578     //   - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype),
7579     return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
7580                                 D.getLocStart(),
7581                                 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline,
7582                                 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr);
7583   }
7584 }
7585 
7586 enum OpenCLParamType {
7587   ValidKernelParam,
7588   PtrPtrKernelParam,
7589   PtrKernelParam,
7590   PrivatePtrKernelParam,
7591   InvalidKernelParam,
7592   RecordKernelParam
7593 };
7594 
7595 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(Sema &S, QualType PT) {
7596   if (PT->isPointerType()) {
7597     QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType();
7598     if (PointeeType->isPointerType())
7599       return PtrPtrKernelParam;
7600     return PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == 0 ? PrivatePtrKernelParam
7601                                               : PtrKernelParam;
7602   }
7603 
7604   // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can
7605   // be used as builtin types.
7606 
7607   if (PT->isImageType())
7608     return PtrKernelParam;
7609 
7610   if (PT->isBooleanType())
7611     return InvalidKernelParam;
7612 
7613   if (PT->isEventT())
7614     return InvalidKernelParam;
7615 
7616   // OpenCL extension spec v1.2 s9.5:
7617   // This extension adds support for half scalar and vector types as built-in
7618   // types that can be used for arithmetic operations, conversions etc.
7619   if (!S.getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16 && PT->isHalfType())
7620     return InvalidKernelParam;
7621 
7622   if (PT->isRecordType())
7623     return RecordKernelParam;
7624 
7625   return ValidKernelParam;
7626 }
7627 
7628 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(
7629   Sema &S,
7630   Declarator &D,
7631   ParmVarDecl *Param,
7632   llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Type *> &ValidTypes) {
7633   QualType PT = Param->getType();
7634 
7635   // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are
7636   // used again
7637   if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr()))
7638     return;
7639 
7640   switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, PT)) {
7641   case PtrPtrKernelParam:
7642     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a:
7643     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a
7644     // pointer to a pointer type.
7645     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param);
7646     D.setInvalidType();
7647     return;
7648 
7649   case PrivatePtrKernelParam:
7650     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a:
7651     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a
7652     // pointer to the private address space.
7653     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_private_ptr_kernel_param);
7654     D.setInvalidType();
7655     return;
7656 
7657     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k:
7658     // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the
7659     // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and
7660     // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be
7661     // one of these built-in scalar types.
7662 
7663   case InvalidKernelParam:
7664     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n:
7665     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared
7666     // of event_t type.
7667     // Do not diagnose half type since it is diagnosed as invalid argument
7668     // type for any function elsewhere.
7669     if (!PT->isHalfType())
7670       S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT;
7671     D.setInvalidType();
7672     return;
7673 
7674   case PtrKernelParam:
7675   case ValidKernelParam:
7676     ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr());
7677     return;
7678 
7679   case RecordKernelParam:
7680     break;
7681   }
7682 
7683   // Track nested structs we will inspect
7684   SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack;
7685 
7686   // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from
7687   // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field.
7688   SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack;
7689   HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr);
7690 
7691   const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
7692   VisitStack.push_back(PD);
7693 
7694   assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?");
7695 
7696   do {
7697     const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val();
7698     if (!Next) {
7699       assert(!HistoryStack.empty());
7700       // Found a marker, we have gone up a level
7701       if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val())
7702         ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr());
7703 
7704       continue;
7705     }
7706 
7707     // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a
7708     // field itself) to the history stack.
7709     const RecordDecl *RD;
7710     if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) {
7711       HistoryStack.push_back(Field);
7712       RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
7713     } else {
7714       RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next);
7715     }
7716 
7717     // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level
7718     VisitStack.push_back(nullptr);
7719 
7720     for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
7721       QualType QT = FD->getType();
7722 
7723       if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr()))
7724         continue;
7725 
7726       OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, QT);
7727       if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam)
7728         continue;
7729 
7730       if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) {
7731         VisitStack.push_back(FD);
7732         continue;
7733       }
7734 
7735       // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p:
7736       // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union
7737       // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or
7738       // union.
7739       if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam ||
7740           ParamType == PrivatePtrKernelParam) {
7741         S.Diag(Param->getLocation(),
7742                diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param)
7743           << PT->isUnionType()
7744           << PT;
7745       } else {
7746         S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT;
7747       }
7748 
7749       S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type)
7750         << PD->getDeclName();
7751 
7752       // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where
7753       // the offending field came from
7754       for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator
7755                I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1,
7756                E = HistoryStack.end();
7757            I != E; ++I) {
7758         const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I;
7759         S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type)
7760           << OuterField->getType();
7761       }
7762 
7763       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here)
7764         << QT->isPointerType()
7765         << QT;
7766       D.setInvalidType();
7767       return;
7768     }
7769   } while (!VisitStack.empty());
7770 }
7771 
7772 NamedDecl*
7773 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
7774                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
7775                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
7776                               bool &AddToScope) {
7777   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
7778 
7779   assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType());
7780 
7781   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
7782   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
7783   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
7784   StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D);
7785 
7786   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
7787     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7788          diag::err_invalid_thread)
7789       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
7790 
7791   if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember())
7792     adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember(), D.isCtorOrDtor(),
7793                            D.getIdentifierLoc());
7794 
7795   bool isFriend = false;
7796   FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr;
7797   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
7798   bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
7799 
7800   bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false;
7801   bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
7802   TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs;
7803 
7804   bool isVirtualOkay = false;
7805 
7806   DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC;
7807   bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC);
7808 
7809   FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC,
7810                                               isVirtualOkay);
7811   if (!NewFD) return nullptr;
7812 
7813   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer())
7814     NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
7815 
7816   // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a
7817   // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical
7818   // context will be different from the semantic context.
7819   NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
7820 
7821   if (IsLocalExternDecl)
7822     NewFD->setLocalExternDecl();
7823 
7824   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7825     bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
7826     bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified();
7827     bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
7828     bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
7829     bool isConcept = D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified();
7830     isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
7831     if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
7832       // C++ [class.friend]p5
7833       //   A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a
7834       //   class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline.
7835       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
7836     }
7837 
7838     // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor
7839     // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already
7840     // return true).
7841     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent =
7842           dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) {
7843       if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided())
7844         NewFD->setPure(true);
7845 
7846       // C++ [class.union]p2
7847       //   A union can have member functions, but not virtual functions.
7848       if (isVirtual && Parent->isUnion())
7849         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_virtual_in_union);
7850     }
7851 
7852     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D);
7853     isExplicitSpecialization = false;
7854     isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
7855     if (D.isInvalidType())
7856       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7857 
7858     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
7859     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
7860     bool Invalid = false;
7861     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
7862             MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
7863                 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
7864                 D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
7865                 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId
7866                     ? D.getName().TemplateId
7867                     : nullptr,
7868                 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isExplicitSpecialization,
7869                 Invalid)) {
7870       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
7871         // This is a function template
7872 
7873         // Check that we can declare a template here.
7874         if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
7875           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7876 
7877         // A destructor cannot be a template.
7878         if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
7879           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template);
7880           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7881         }
7882 
7883         // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to
7884         // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list,
7885         // now that we know what the current instantiation is.
7886         if (DC->isDependentContext()) {
7887           ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
7888           if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams))
7889             Invalid = true;
7890         }
7891 
7892         FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC,
7893                                                         NewFD->getLocation(),
7894                                                         Name, TemplateParams,
7895                                                         NewFD);
7896         FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
7897         NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate);
7898 
7899         // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists.
7900         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) {
7901           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
7902                                                TemplateParamLists.drop_back(1));
7903         }
7904       } else {
7905         // This is a function template specialization.
7906         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
7907         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
7908         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
7909           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists);
7910 
7911         // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);".
7912         if (isFriend) {
7913           // We want to remove the "template<>", found here.
7914           SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange();
7915 
7916           // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a
7917           // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem:
7918           // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl,
7919           // and clearly the user wants a template specialization.  So
7920           // we need to insert '<>' after the name.
7921           SourceLocation InsertLoc;
7922           if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
7923             InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd();
7924             InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc);
7925           }
7926 
7927           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend)
7928             << Name << RemoveRange
7929             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange)
7930             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>");
7931         }
7932       }
7933     }
7934     else {
7935       // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier:
7936       // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template.
7937       if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
7938         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
7939         NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists);
7940     }
7941 
7942     if (Invalid) {
7943       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7944       if (FunctionTemplate)
7945         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
7946     }
7947 
7948     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5:
7949     //   The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of
7950     //   nonstatic class member functions that appear within a
7951     //   member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3.
7952     //
7953     if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7954       if (!isVirtualOkay) {
7955         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
7956              diag::err_virtual_non_function);
7957       } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
7958         // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class.
7959         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
7960              diag::err_virtual_out_of_class)
7961           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
7962       } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
7963         // C++ [temp.mem]p3:
7964         //  A member function template shall not be virtual.
7965         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
7966              diag::err_virtual_member_function_template)
7967           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
7968       } else {
7969         // Okay: Add virtual to the method.
7970         NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true);
7971       }
7972 
7973       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 &&
7974           NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType())
7975         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual);
7976     }
7977 
7978     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 &&
7979         (NewFD->isDependentContext() ||
7980          (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) &&
7981         NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) {
7982       // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a
7983       // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type.
7984       // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane
7985       // thing to do.
7986       // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being
7987       // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work.
7988       const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
7989           NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
7990       QualType Result =
7991           SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy);
7992       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(),
7993                                              FPT->getExtProtoInfo()));
7994     }
7995 
7996     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3:
7997     //  The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function
7998     //  declaration.
7999     if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
8000       if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
8001         // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration.
8002         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
8003              diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name
8004           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc());
8005       }
8006     }
8007 
8008     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6:
8009     //  The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a
8010     //  constructor or conversion function within its class definition;
8011     //  see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2.
8012     if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
8013       if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
8014         // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class.
8015         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
8016              diag::err_explicit_out_of_class)
8017           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
8018       } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) &&
8019                  !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
8020         // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor
8021         // or conversion function.
8022         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
8023              diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function)
8024           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
8025       }
8026     }
8027 
8028     if (isConstexpr) {
8029       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors
8030       // are implicitly inline.
8031       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
8032 
8033       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to
8034       // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore,
8035       // destructors cannot be declared constexpr.
8036       if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD))
8037         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor);
8038     }
8039 
8040     if (isConcept) {
8041       // This is a function concept.
8042       if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
8043         FTD->setConcept();
8044 
8045       // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be
8046       // applied only to the definition of a function template [...]
8047       if (!D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
8048         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(),
8049              diag::err_function_concept_not_defined);
8050         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8051       }
8052 
8053       // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: [...] A function concept shall
8054       // have no exception-specification and is treated as if it were specified
8055       // with noexcept(true) (15.4). [...]
8056       if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
8057         if (FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) {
8058           SourceRange Range;
8059           if (D.isFunctionDeclarator())
8060             Range = D.getFunctionTypeInfo().getExceptionSpecRange();
8061           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_function_concept_exception_spec)
8062               << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(Range);
8063           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8064         } else {
8065           Context.adjustExceptionSpec(NewFD, EST_BasicNoexcept);
8066         }
8067 
8068         // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p5: A function concept has the
8069         // following restrictions:
8070         // - The declared return type shall have the type bool.
8071         if (!Context.hasSameType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.BoolTy)) {
8072           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_concept_bool_ret);
8073           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8074         }
8075 
8076         // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p5: A function concept has the
8077         // following restrictions:
8078         // - The declaration's parameter list shall be equivalent to an empty
8079         //   parameter list.
8080         if (FPT->getNumParams() > 0 || FPT->isVariadic())
8081           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_function_concept_with_params);
8082       }
8083 
8084       // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: Every concept definition is
8085       // implicity defined to be a constexpr declaration (implicitly inline)
8086       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
8087 
8088       // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: A concept definition shall not
8089       // be declared with the thread_local, inline, friend, or constexpr
8090       // specifiers, [...]
8091       if (isInline) {
8092         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
8093              diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers)
8094             << 1 << 1;
8095         NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true);
8096       }
8097 
8098       if (isFriend) {
8099         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getFriendSpecLoc(),
8100              diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers)
8101             << 1 << 2;
8102         NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true);
8103       }
8104 
8105       if (isConstexpr) {
8106         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(),
8107              diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers)
8108             << 1 << 3;
8109         NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true);
8110       }
8111 
8112       // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be
8113       // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable
8114       // template, declared in namespace scope.
8115       if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
8116         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(),
8117              diag::err_concept_specified_specialization) << 1;
8118         NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true);
8119         return NewFD;
8120       }
8121     }
8122 
8123     // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly.
8124     if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
8125       if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
8126         SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc
8127           = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc();
8128         Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization)
8129           << 0
8130           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
8131       } else {
8132         NewFD->setModulePrivate();
8133         if (FunctionTemplate)
8134           FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate();
8135       }
8136     }
8137 
8138     if (isFriend) {
8139       if (FunctionTemplate) {
8140         FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl();
8141         FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public);
8142       }
8143       NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl();
8144       NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
8145     }
8146 
8147     // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now.
8148     // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function
8149     // definition kind to FDK_Definition.
8150     switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) {
8151       case FDK_Declaration:
8152       case FDK_Definition:
8153         break;
8154 
8155       case FDK_Defaulted:
8156         NewFD->setDefaulted();
8157         break;
8158 
8159       case FDK_Deleted:
8160         NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten();
8161         break;
8162     }
8163 
8164     if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext &&
8165         D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
8166       // C++ [class.mfct]p2:
8167       //   A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in
8168       //   which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2)
8169       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
8170     }
8171 
8172     if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) &&
8173         !CurContext->isRecord()) {
8174       // C++ [class.static]p1:
8175       //   A data or function member of a class may be declared static
8176       //   in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of
8177       //   the class.
8178 
8179       // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line
8180       // member function definition.
8181       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
8182            diag::err_static_out_of_line)
8183         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
8184     }
8185 
8186     // C++11 [except.spec]p15:
8187     //   A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated
8188     //   as if it were specified with noexcept(true).
8189     const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
8190     if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete ||
8191          Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) &&
8192         getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec())
8193       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(
8194           FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(),
8195           FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept)));
8196   }
8197 
8198   // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope.
8199   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD),
8200                        D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() ||
8201                        isExplicitSpecialization ||
8202                        isFunctionTemplateSpecialization);
8203 
8204   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
8205   if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) {
8206     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
8207     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
8208     NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context,
8209                                                 SE->getString(), 0));
8210   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
8211     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
8212       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier());
8213     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
8214       if (isDeclExternC(NewFD)) {
8215         NewFD->addAttr(I->second);
8216         ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
8217       } else
8218         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied)
8219             << /*Variable*/0 << NewFD;
8220     }
8221   }
8222 
8223   // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function
8224   // declaration NewFD, if they are available.  First scavenge them into Params.
8225   SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
8226   if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) {
8227     DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
8228 
8229     // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs
8230     // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a
8231     // single void argument.
8232     // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator
8233     // already checks for that case.
8234     if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) {
8235       for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) {
8236         ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param);
8237         assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?");
8238         Param->setDeclContext(NewFD);
8239         Params.push_back(Param);
8240 
8241         if (Param->isInvalidDecl())
8242           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8243       }
8244     }
8245   } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
8246     // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the
8247     // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed)
8248     // parameters for use in the declaration.
8249     //
8250     // @code
8251     // typedef void fn(int);
8252     // fn f;
8253     // @endcode
8254 
8255     // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
8256     for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) {
8257       ParmVarDecl *Param =
8258           BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI);
8259       Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
8260       Params.push_back(Param);
8261     }
8262   } else {
8263     assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 &&
8264            "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn");
8265   }
8266 
8267   // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them.
8268   NewFD->setParams(Params);
8269 
8270   // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function
8271   // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in:
8272   //
8273   //   void f(enum Y {AA} x) {}
8274   //
8275   // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope.
8276   NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope);
8277   DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear();
8278 
8279   if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified())
8280     NewFD->addAttr(
8281         ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
8282                                        Context, 0));
8283 
8284   // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2
8285   // because all functions have linkage.
8286   if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
8287       NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
8288     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl);
8289     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8290   }
8291 
8292   // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if #pragma code_seg is active.
8293   if (CodeSegStack.CurrentValue && D.isFunctionDefinition() &&
8294       !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) {
8295     NewFD->addAttr(
8296         SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate,
8297                                     CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(),
8298                                     CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation));
8299     if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(),
8300                      ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Execute |
8301                          ASTContext::PSF_Read,
8302                      NewFD))
8303       NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>();
8304   }
8305 
8306   // Handle attributes.
8307   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D);
8308 
8309   if (getLangOpts().CUDA)
8310     maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs(NewFD, Previous);
8311 
8312   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
8313     // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return
8314     // type declaration will generate a compilation error.
8315     unsigned AddressSpace = NewFD->getReturnType().getAddressSpace();
8316     if (AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_local ||
8317         AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_global ||
8318         AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_constant) {
8319       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
8320            diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space);
8321       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8322     }
8323   }
8324 
8325   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8326     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
8327     bool isExplicitSpecialization=false;
8328     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain())
8329       CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
8330 
8331     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
8332       CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD);
8333 
8334     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
8335       D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
8336                                                   isExplicitSpecialization));
8337     else if (!Previous.empty())
8338       // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration.
8339       D.setRedeclaration(true);
8340     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
8341             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
8342            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
8343 
8344     // Diagnose no-prototype function declarations with calling conventions that
8345     // don't support variadic calls. Only do this in C and do it after merging
8346     // possibly prototyped redeclarations.
8347     const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
8348     if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT) && !D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
8349       CallingConv CC = FT->getExtInfo().getCC();
8350       if (!supportsVariadicCall(CC)) {
8351         // Windows system headers sometimes accidentally use stdcall without
8352         // (void) parameters, so we relax this to a warning.
8353         int DiagID =
8354             CC == CC_X86StdCall ? diag::warn_cconv_knr : diag::err_cconv_knr;
8355         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagID)
8356             << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC);
8357       }
8358     }
8359   } else {
8360     // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3:
8361     //  The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline.
8362     //
8363     // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340.
8364     //
8365     // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since
8366     // that forces an external definition to be emitted.
8367     if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() &&
8368         NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() &&
8369         !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>())
8370       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
8371            diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline)
8372         << NewFD->getDeclName();
8373 
8374     // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template
8375     // argument list into our AST format.
8376     if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
8377       TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId;
8378       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
8379       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
8380       ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
8381                                          TemplateId->NumArgs);
8382       translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr,
8383                                  TemplateArgs);
8384 
8385       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
8386 
8387       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
8388         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
8389       } else if (FunctionTemplate) {
8390         // Function template with explicit template arguments.
8391         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec)
8392           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
8393 
8394         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
8395       } else {
8396         assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization ||
8397                 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) &&
8398                "should have a 'template<>' for this decl");
8399         // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl.
8400         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
8401       }
8402     } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
8403       // This combination is only possible in a recovery case;  the user
8404       // wrote something like:
8405       //   template <> friend void foo(int);
8406       // which we're recovering from as if the user had written:
8407       //   friend void foo<>(int);
8408       // Go ahead and fake up a template id.
8409       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
8410       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
8411       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
8412     }
8413 
8414     // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible
8415     // that either the specialized function type or the specialized
8416     // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail.  In
8417     // this case, don't check the specialization yet.
8418     bool InstantiationDependent = false;
8419     if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend &&
8420         (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() ||
8421          TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments(
8422             TemplateArgs,
8423             InstantiationDependent))) {
8424       assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs &&
8425              "friend function specialization without template args");
8426       if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs,
8427                                                        Previous))
8428         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8429     } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
8430       if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord()
8431           && !isFriend) {
8432         isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true;
8433         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
8434           diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class :
8435           diag::err_function_specialization_in_class)
8436           << NewFD->getDeclName();
8437       } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD,
8438                                   (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs
8439                                                            : nullptr),
8440                                                      Previous))
8441         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8442 
8443       // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
8444       //   A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit
8445       //   specialization (14.7.3)
8446       FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info =
8447           NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo();
8448       if (Info && SC != SC_None) {
8449         if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass())
8450           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
8451                diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class)
8452             << SC
8453             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
8454                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
8455 
8456         else
8457           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
8458                diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class)
8459             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
8460                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
8461       }
8462     } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
8463       if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous))
8464           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8465     }
8466 
8467     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
8468     if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
8469       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain())
8470         CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
8471 
8472       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
8473         CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD);
8474 
8475       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
8476         D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
8477                                                     isExplicitSpecialization));
8478       else if (!Previous.empty())
8479         // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration.
8480         D.setRedeclaration(true);
8481     }
8482 
8483     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
8484             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
8485            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
8486 
8487     NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate
8488                                 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate)
8489                                 : NewFD);
8490 
8491     if (isFriend && NewFD->getPreviousDecl()) {
8492       AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public;
8493       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
8494         Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess();
8495 
8496       NewFD->setAccess(Access);
8497       if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access);
8498     }
8499 
8500     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() &&
8501         PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary))
8502       PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator();
8503 
8504     // If we have a function template, check the template parameter
8505     // list. This will check and merge default template arguments.
8506     if (FunctionTemplate) {
8507       FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate =
8508                                      FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl();
8509       CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
8510                        PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters()
8511                                     : nullptr,
8512                             D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()
8513                               ? (D.isFunctionDefinition()
8514                                    ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition
8515                                    : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate)
8516                               : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() &&
8517                                  DC && DC->isRecord() &&
8518                                  DC->isDependentContext())
8519                                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
8520                                   : TPC_FunctionTemplate);
8521     }
8522 
8523     if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
8524       // Ignore all the rest of this.
8525     } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) {
8526       struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists,
8527                                        AddToScope };
8528       // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member.
8529       if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext()))
8530         NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
8531 
8532       // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration.
8533       if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
8534         // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or
8535         // dependent-scope friend declarations.
8536 
8537         // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent
8538         // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when
8539         // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be
8540         // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor.  But there
8541         // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we
8542         // can actually do this check immediately.
8543         if (isFriend &&
8544             (TemplateParamLists.size() ||
8545              D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() ||
8546              CurContext->isDependentContext())) {
8547           // ignore these
8548         } else {
8549           // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a
8550           // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there
8551           // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2,
8552           // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example:
8553           //
8554           // class X {
8555           //   void f() const;
8556           // };
8557           //
8558           // void X::f() { } // ill-formed
8559           //
8560           // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close
8561           // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and
8562           // whether the parameter types are references).
8563 
8564           if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
8565                   *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) {
8566             AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
8567             return Result;
8568           }
8569         }
8570 
8571         // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve
8572         // to something.
8573       } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) {
8574         if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
8575                 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) {
8576           AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
8577           return Result;
8578         }
8579       }
8580     } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() &&
8581                isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() &&
8582                !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization &&
8583                !isExplicitSpecialization) {
8584       // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a
8585       // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2).
8586       // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of
8587       // function templates or member functions of class templates, per
8588       // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an
8589       // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to
8590       // generate them.
8591       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration)
8592         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
8593     }
8594   }
8595 
8596   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD);
8597   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD);
8598 
8599   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD);
8600 
8601   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() &&
8602       !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
8603     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
8604          diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype)
8605       << NewFD;
8606 
8607     // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters.
8608     const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
8609     FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI(
8610         Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false));
8611     EPI.Variadic = true;
8612     EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo();
8613 
8614     QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI);
8615     NewFD->setType(R);
8616   }
8617 
8618   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
8619   // member, set the visibility of this function.
8620   if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible())
8621     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD);
8622 
8623   // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider
8624   // marking the function.
8625   AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD);
8626 
8627   // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to
8628   // a pragma.
8629   if(D.isFunctionDefinition())
8630     AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD);
8631 
8632   // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update
8633   // the map of such variables.
8634   if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
8635       isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD))
8636     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S);
8637 
8638   // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren.
8639   NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd());
8640 
8641   if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) {
8642     checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(
8643         *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewFD,
8644         isExplicitSpecialization || isFunctionTemplateSpecialization,
8645         D.isFunctionDefinition());
8646   }
8647 
8648   if (getLangOpts().CUDA) {
8649     IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier();
8650     if (II && II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall") && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
8651         NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
8652       if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType())
8653         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return);
8654 
8655       Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD);
8656     }
8657 
8658     // Variadic functions, other than a *declaration* of printf, are not allowed
8659     // in device-side CUDA code, unless someone passed
8660     // -fcuda-allow-variadic-functions.
8661     if (!getLangOpts().CUDAAllowVariadicFunctions && NewFD->isVariadic() &&
8662         (NewFD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() ||
8663          NewFD->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) &&
8664         !(II && II->isStr("printf") && NewFD->isExternC() &&
8665           !D.isFunctionDefinition())) {
8666       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_variadic_device_fn);
8667     }
8668   }
8669 
8670   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8671     if (FunctionTemplate) {
8672       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
8673         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
8674       return FunctionTemplate;
8675     }
8676   }
8677 
8678   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
8679     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions.
8680     if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
8681         && (SC == SC_Static)) {
8682       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel);
8683       D.setInvalidType();
8684     }
8685 
8686     // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void.
8687     if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) {
8688       SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
8689       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type)
8690           << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void")
8691                                 : FixItHint());
8692       D.setInvalidType();
8693     }
8694 
8695     llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes;
8696     for (auto Param : NewFD->parameters())
8697       checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes);
8698   }
8699   for (const ParmVarDecl *Param : NewFD->parameters()) {
8700     QualType PT = Param->getType();
8701 
8702     // OpenCL 2.0 pipe restrictions forbids pipe packet types to be non-value
8703     // types.
8704     if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 200) {
8705       if(const PipeType *PipeTy = PT->getAs<PipeType>()) {
8706         QualType ElemTy = PipeTy->getElementType();
8707           if (ElemTy->isReferenceType() || ElemTy->isPointerType()) {
8708             Diag(Param->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_reference_pipe_type );
8709             D.setInvalidType();
8710           }
8711       }
8712     }
8713   }
8714 
8715   MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD);
8716 
8717   // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope.
8718   // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation
8719   // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node.
8720   if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
8721     ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec =
8722                          ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create(
8723                                 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(),
8724                                 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD),
8725                                 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs);
8726     CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec);
8727     AddToScope = false;
8728   }
8729 
8730   return NewFD;
8731 }
8732 
8733 /// \brief Checks if the new declaration declared in dependent context must be
8734 /// put in the same redeclaration chain as the specified declaration.
8735 ///
8736 /// \param D Declaration that is checked.
8737 /// \param PrevDecl Previous declaration found with proper lookup method for the
8738 ///                 same declaration name.
8739 /// \returns True if D must be added to the redeclaration chain which PrevDecl
8740 ///          belongs to.
8741 ///
8742 bool Sema::shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(Decl *D, Decl *PrevDecl) {
8743   // Any declarations should be put into redeclaration chains except for
8744   // friend declaration in a dependent context that names a function in
8745   // namespace scope.
8746   //
8747   // This allows to compile code like:
8748   //
8749   //       void func();
8750   //       template<typename T> class C1 { friend void func() { } };
8751   //       template<typename T> class C2 { friend void func() { } };
8752   //
8753   // This code snippet is a valid code unless both templates are instantiated.
8754   return !(D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext() &&
8755            D->getDeclContext()->isFileContext() &&
8756            D->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None);
8757 }
8758 
8759 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration.
8760 ///
8761 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration
8762 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not
8763 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is
8764 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed
8765 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions
8766 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called
8767 /// via InstantiateDecl).
8768 ///
8769 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is
8770 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration.
8771 ///
8772 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error.
8773 ///
8774 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration.
8775 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
8776                                     LookupResult &Previous,
8777                                     bool IsExplicitSpecialization) {
8778   assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() &&
8779          "Variably modified return types are not handled here");
8780 
8781   // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with
8782   // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++,
8783   // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible.
8784   bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
8785                                !Previous.isShadowed();
8786 
8787   bool Redeclaration = false;
8788   NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr;
8789 
8790   // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of
8791   // the same name, if appropriate.
8792   if (!Previous.empty()) {
8793     // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or
8794     // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload,
8795     // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new
8796     // function to the scope.
8797     if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) {
8798       NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
8799       if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) {
8800         Redeclaration = true;
8801         OldDecl = Candidate;
8802       }
8803     } else {
8804       switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl,
8805                             /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) {
8806       case Ovl_Match:
8807         Redeclaration = true;
8808         break;
8809 
8810       case Ovl_NonFunction:
8811         Redeclaration = true;
8812         break;
8813 
8814       case Ovl_Overload:
8815         Redeclaration = false;
8816         break;
8817       }
8818 
8819       if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
8820         // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function
8821         // with that name must be marked "overloadable".
8822         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
8823           << Redeclaration << NewFD;
8824         NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = nullptr;
8825         if (Redeclaration)
8826           OverloadedDecl = OldDecl;
8827         else if (!Previous.empty())
8828           OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
8829         if (OverloadedDecl)
8830           Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(),
8831                diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
8832         NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
8833       }
8834     }
8835   }
8836 
8837   // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name.
8838   if (!Redeclaration &&
8839       checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) {
8840     if (!Previous.empty()) {
8841       // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous
8842       // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity...
8843       Redeclaration = true;
8844       OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
8845       MergeTypeWithPrevious = false;
8846 
8847       // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)).
8848       if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
8849         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
8850           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
8851             << Redeclaration << NewFD;
8852           Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(),
8853                diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
8854           NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
8855         }
8856         if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) {
8857           Redeclaration = false;
8858           OldDecl = nullptr;
8859         }
8860       }
8861     }
8862   }
8863 
8864   // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8:
8865   //   A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not
8866   //   a constructor declares that member function to be const.
8867   //
8868   // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line
8869   // definition of a static member function.
8870   //
8871   // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards
8872   // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11.
8873   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
8874   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && MD && MD->isConstexpr() &&
8875       !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) &&
8876       (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) {
8877     CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr;
8878     if (OldDecl)
8879       OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction());
8880     if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) {
8881       const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
8882         MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
8883       FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
8884       EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const;
8885       MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(),
8886                                           FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI));
8887 
8888       // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation.
8889       // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined.
8890       if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
8891         SourceLocation AddConstLoc;
8892         if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc()
8893                 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>())
8894           AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc());
8895 
8896         Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx14_compat_constexpr_not_const)
8897           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const");
8898       }
8899     }
8900   }
8901 
8902   if (Redeclaration) {
8903     // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be
8904     // merged.
8905     if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) {
8906       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8907       return Redeclaration;
8908     }
8909 
8910     Previous.clear();
8911     Previous.addDecl(OldDecl);
8912 
8913     if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl
8914                                   = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) {
8915       NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl());
8916       FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl
8917         = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
8918       assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch");
8919       if (CXXMethodDecl *Method
8920             = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) {
8921         Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
8922         NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
8923       }
8924 
8925       // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function
8926       // template, mark it as a member specialization.
8927       if (IsExplicitSpecialization &&
8928           NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) {
8929         NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization();
8930         assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization());
8931         // Explicit specializations of a member template do not inherit deleted
8932         // status from the parent member template that they are specializing.
8933         if (OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()->isDeleted()) {
8934           FunctionDecl *const OldTemplatedDecl =
8935               OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl();
8936           assert(OldTemplatedDecl->getCanonicalDecl() == OldTemplatedDecl);
8937           OldTemplatedDecl->setDeletedAsWritten(false);
8938         }
8939       }
8940 
8941     } else {
8942       if (shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(NewFD, OldDecl)) {
8943         // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates.
8944         NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl));
8945         if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
8946           NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess());
8947       }
8948     }
8949   }
8950 
8951   // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation).
8952 
8953   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8954     // C++-specific checks.
8955     if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
8956       CheckConstructor(Constructor);
8957     } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor =
8958                 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
8959       CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent();
8960       QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
8961 
8962       // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class
8963       // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that.
8964       if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) {
8965         DeclarationName Name
8966           = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
8967                                         Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType));
8968         if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) {
8969           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name);
8970           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8971           return Redeclaration;
8972         }
8973       }
8974     } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion
8975                = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
8976       ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion);
8977     }
8978 
8979     // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides.
8980     if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
8981       if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
8982           !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&
8983           Method->isCanonicalDecl()) {
8984         if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) {
8985           // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem.
8986           if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
8987             ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method);
8988           }
8989         }
8990       }
8991 
8992       if (Method->isStatic())
8993         checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method);
8994     }
8995 
8996     // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]).
8997     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() &&
8998         CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
8999       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9000       return Redeclaration;
9001     }
9002 
9003     // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]).
9004     if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() &&
9005         CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
9006       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9007       return Redeclaration;
9008     }
9009 
9010     // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless
9011     // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done
9012     // during delayed parsing anyway.
9013     if (!CurContext->isRecord())
9014       CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD);
9015 
9016     // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this
9017     // declaration against the expected type for the builtin.
9018     if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) {
9019       ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
9020       LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier());
9021       QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error);
9022       if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) {
9023         // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin,
9024         // so forget about the builtin entirely.
9025         Context.BuiltinInfo.forgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents);
9026       }
9027     }
9028 
9029     // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if
9030     // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C
9031     // compatible, and if it does, warn the user.
9032     // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only.
9033     if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) {
9034       QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType();
9035       if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType())
9036         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete)
9037             << NewFD << R;
9038       else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() &&
9039                !R->isObjCObjectPointerType())
9040         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R;
9041     }
9042 
9043     // C++1z [dcl.fct]p6:
9044     //   [...] whether the function has a non-throwing exception-specification
9045     //   [is] part of the function type
9046     //
9047     // This results in an ABI break between C++14 and C++17 for functions whose
9048     // declared type includes an exception-specification in a parameter or
9049     // return type. (Exception specifications on the function itself are OK in
9050     // most cases, and exception specifications are not permitted in most other
9051     // contexts where they could make it into a mangling.)
9052     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z && !NewFD->getPrimaryTemplate()) {
9053       auto HasNoexcept = [&](QualType T) -> bool {
9054         // Strip off declarator chunks that could be between us and a function
9055         // type. We don't need to look far, exception specifications are very
9056         // restricted prior to C++17.
9057         if (auto *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>())
9058           T = RT->getPointeeType();
9059         else if (T->isAnyPointerType())
9060           T = T->getPointeeType();
9061         else if (auto *MPT = T->getAs<MemberPointerType>())
9062           T = MPT->getPointeeType();
9063         if (auto *FPT = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
9064           if (FPT->isNothrow(Context))
9065             return true;
9066         return false;
9067       };
9068 
9069       auto *FPT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
9070       bool AnyNoexcept = HasNoexcept(FPT->getReturnType());
9071       for (QualType T : FPT->param_types())
9072         AnyNoexcept |= HasNoexcept(T);
9073       if (AnyNoexcept)
9074         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
9075              diag::warn_cxx1z_compat_exception_spec_in_signature)
9076             << NewFD;
9077     }
9078   }
9079   return Redeclaration;
9080 }
9081 
9082 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) {
9083   // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3:
9084   //   A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or
9085   //   constexpr is ill-formed.
9086   // C11 6.7.4p4:  In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall
9087   //   appear in a declaration of main.
9088   // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it.
9089   // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension.
9090   if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
9091     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
9092          ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main)
9093       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
9094   if (FD->isInlineSpecified())
9095     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main)
9096       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc());
9097   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) {
9098     SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc();
9099     SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc));
9100     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main);
9101     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn)
9102       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange);
9103   }
9104   if (FD->isConstexpr()) {
9105     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main)
9106       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc());
9107     FD->setConstexpr(false);
9108   }
9109 
9110   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
9111     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main)
9112         << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>();
9113     FD->setInvalidDecl();
9114     return;
9115   }
9116 
9117   QualType T = FD->getType();
9118   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
9119   const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
9120 
9121   if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9122     // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return
9123     // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the
9124     // implicit-return-zero rule.
9125 
9126     // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'.
9127     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy))
9128       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
9129     else {
9130       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint);
9131       SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
9132       if (RTRange.isValid())
9133         Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type)
9134             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int");
9135     }
9136   } else {
9137     // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end;
9138     // set the flag which tells us that.
9139     // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3.
9140 
9141     // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'.
9142     if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy))
9143       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
9144     else {
9145       // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error.
9146       SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
9147       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint)
9148           << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int")
9149                                 : FixItHint());
9150       FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
9151     }
9152   }
9153 
9154   // Treat protoless main() as nullary.
9155   if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return;
9156 
9157   const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT);
9158   unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams();
9159   assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams);
9160 
9161   bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3);
9162 
9163   if (FTP->isVariadic()) {
9164     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variadic_main);
9165     // FIXME: if we had information about the location of the ellipsis, we
9166     // could add a FixIt hint to remove it as a parameter.
9167   }
9168 
9169   // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**.  If
9170   // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start
9171   // getting shifty.
9172   if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin())
9173     HasExtraParameters = false;
9174 
9175   if (HasExtraParameters) {
9176     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams;
9177     FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
9178     nparams = 3;
9179   }
9180 
9181   // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved
9182   // if we had some location information about types.
9183 
9184   QualType CharPP =
9185     Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy));
9186   QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP };
9187 
9188   for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) {
9189     QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i);
9190 
9191     bool mismatch = true;
9192 
9193     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i]))
9194       mismatch = false;
9195     else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) {
9196       // As an extension, the following forms are okay:
9197       //   char const **
9198       //   char const * const *
9199       //   char * const *
9200 
9201       QualifierCollector qs;
9202       const PointerType* PT;
9203       if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
9204           (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
9205           Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0),
9206                               Context.CharTy)) {
9207         qs.removeConst();
9208         mismatch = !qs.empty();
9209       }
9210     }
9211 
9212     if (mismatch) {
9213       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i];
9214       // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type
9215       FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
9216     }
9217   }
9218 
9219   if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
9220     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg);
9221   }
9222 
9223   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
9224     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD;
9225     FD->setInvalidDecl();
9226   }
9227 }
9228 
9229 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) {
9230   QualType T = FD->getType();
9231   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
9232   const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
9233 
9234   // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral,
9235   // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type.
9236   if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() ||
9237       FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() ||
9238       FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType())
9239     // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed.
9240     if (FD->getName() != "DllMain")
9241       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
9242 
9243   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
9244     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD;
9245     FD->setInvalidDecl();
9246   }
9247 }
9248 
9249 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) {
9250   // FIXME: Need strict checking.  In C89, we need to check for
9251   // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or
9252   // commas outside of a sizeof.  In C99, it's the same list,
9253   // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated
9254   // expressions.  Everything else falls under the
9255   // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception.
9256   // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression
9257   // rules there don't matter.)
9258   const Expr *Culprit;
9259   if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit))
9260     return false;
9261   Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant)
9262     << Culprit->getSourceRange();
9263   return true;
9264 }
9265 
9266 namespace {
9267   // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in
9268   // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does.
9269   class SelfReferenceChecker
9270       : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> {
9271     Sema &S;
9272     Decl *OrigDecl;
9273     bool isRecordType;
9274     bool isPODType;
9275     bool isReferenceType;
9276 
9277     bool isInitList;
9278     llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> InitFieldIndex;
9279 
9280   public:
9281     typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited;
9282 
9283     SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context),
9284                                                     S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) {
9285       isPODType = false;
9286       isRecordType = false;
9287       isReferenceType = false;
9288       isInitList = false;
9289       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) {
9290         isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context);
9291         isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType();
9292         isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType();
9293       }
9294     }
9295 
9296     // For most expressions, just call the visitor.  For initializer lists,
9297     // track the index of the field being initialized since fields are
9298     // initialized in order allowing use of previously initialized fields.
9299     void CheckExpr(Expr *E) {
9300       InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E);
9301       if (!InitList) {
9302         Visit(E);
9303         return;
9304       }
9305 
9306       // Track and increment the index here.
9307       isInitList = true;
9308       InitFieldIndex.push_back(0);
9309       for (auto Child : InitList->children()) {
9310         CheckExpr(cast<Expr>(Child));
9311         ++InitFieldIndex.back();
9312       }
9313       InitFieldIndex.pop_back();
9314     }
9315 
9316     // Returns true if MemberExpr is checked and no futher checking is needed.
9317     // Returns false if additional checking is required.
9318     bool CheckInitListMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E, bool CheckReference) {
9319       llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 4> Fields;
9320       Expr *Base = E;
9321       bool ReferenceField = false;
9322 
9323       // Get the field memebers used.
9324       while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
9325         FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
9326         if (!FD)
9327           return false;
9328         Fields.push_back(FD);
9329         if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType())
9330           ReferenceField = true;
9331         Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9332       }
9333 
9334       // Keep checking only if the base Decl is the same.
9335       DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base);
9336       if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl() != OrigDecl)
9337         return false;
9338 
9339       // A reference field can be bound to an unininitialized field.
9340       if (CheckReference && !ReferenceField)
9341         return true;
9342 
9343       // Convert FieldDecls to their index number.
9344       llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> UsedFieldIndex;
9345       for (const FieldDecl *I : llvm::reverse(Fields))
9346         UsedFieldIndex.push_back(I->getFieldIndex());
9347 
9348       // See if a warning is needed by checking the first difference in index
9349       // numbers.  If field being used has index less than the field being
9350       // initialized, then the use is safe.
9351       for (auto UsedIter = UsedFieldIndex.begin(),
9352                 UsedEnd = UsedFieldIndex.end(),
9353                 OrigIter = InitFieldIndex.begin(),
9354                 OrigEnd = InitFieldIndex.end();
9355            UsedIter != UsedEnd && OrigIter != OrigEnd; ++UsedIter, ++OrigIter) {
9356         if (*UsedIter < *OrigIter)
9357           return true;
9358         if (*UsedIter > *OrigIter)
9359           break;
9360       }
9361 
9362       // TODO: Add a different warning which will print the field names.
9363       HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
9364       return true;
9365     }
9366 
9367     // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr.
9368     // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional
9369     // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's.
9370     void HandleValue(Expr *E) {
9371       E = E->IgnoreParens();
9372       if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
9373         HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
9374         return;
9375       }
9376 
9377       if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
9378         Visit(CO->getCond());
9379         HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr());
9380         HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr());
9381         return;
9382       }
9383 
9384       if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO =
9385               dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) {
9386         Visit(BCO->getCond());
9387         HandleValue(BCO->getFalseExpr());
9388         return;
9389       }
9390 
9391       if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) {
9392         HandleValue(OVE->getSourceExpr());
9393         return;
9394       }
9395 
9396       if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
9397         if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) {
9398           Visit(BO->getLHS());
9399           HandleValue(BO->getRHS());
9400           return;
9401         }
9402       }
9403 
9404       if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) {
9405         if (isInitList) {
9406           if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(cast<MemberExpr>(E),
9407                                       false /*CheckReference*/))
9408             return;
9409         }
9410 
9411         Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9412         while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
9413           // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them.
9414           if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
9415             return;
9416           Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9417         }
9418         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base))
9419           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
9420         return;
9421       }
9422 
9423       Visit(E);
9424     }
9425 
9426     // Reference types not handled in HandleValue are handled here since all
9427     // uses of references are bad, not just r-value uses.
9428     void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
9429       if (isReferenceType)
9430         HandleDeclRefExpr(E);
9431     }
9432 
9433     void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) {
9434       if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) {
9435         HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
9436         return;
9437       }
9438 
9439       Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E);
9440     }
9441 
9442     void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
9443       if (isInitList) {
9444         if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(E, true /*CheckReference*/))
9445           return;
9446       }
9447 
9448       // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers.
9449       if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return;
9450 
9451       // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member
9452       // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr.
9453       CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl());
9454       bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic());
9455       Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9456       while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
9457         if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
9458           Warn = false;
9459         Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9460       }
9461 
9462       if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) {
9463         if (Warn)
9464           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
9465         return;
9466       }
9467 
9468       // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr.
9469       // Visit that expression.
9470       Visit(Base);
9471     }
9472 
9473     void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) {
9474       Expr *Callee = E->getCallee();
9475 
9476       if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Callee))
9477         return Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E);
9478 
9479       Visit(Callee);
9480       for (auto Arg: E->arguments())
9481         HandleValue(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
9482     }
9483 
9484     void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) {
9485       // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined.
9486       if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType &&
9487           isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) {
9488         if (!isPODType)
9489           HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
9490         return;
9491       }
9492 
9493       if (E->isIncrementDecrementOp()) {
9494         HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
9495         return;
9496       }
9497 
9498       Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E);
9499     }
9500 
9501     void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) {}
9502 
9503     void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) {
9504       if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) {
9505         Expr *ArgExpr = E->getArg(0);
9506         if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(ArgExpr))
9507           if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1)
9508             ArgExpr = ILE->getInit(0);
9509         if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgExpr))
9510           if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)
9511             ArgExpr = ICE->getSubExpr();
9512         HandleValue(ArgExpr);
9513         return;
9514       }
9515       Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E);
9516     }
9517 
9518     void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) {
9519       // Treat std::move as a use.
9520       if (E->getNumArgs() == 1) {
9521         if (FunctionDecl *FD = E->getDirectCallee()) {
9522           if (FD->isInStdNamespace() && FD->getIdentifier() &&
9523               FD->getIdentifier()->isStr("move")) {
9524             HandleValue(E->getArg(0));
9525             return;
9526           }
9527         }
9528       }
9529 
9530       Inherited::VisitCallExpr(E);
9531     }
9532 
9533     void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *E) {
9534       if (E->isCompoundAssignmentOp()) {
9535         HandleValue(E->getLHS());
9536         Visit(E->getRHS());
9537         return;
9538       }
9539 
9540       Inherited::VisitBinaryOperator(E);
9541     }
9542 
9543     // A custom visitor for BinaryConditionalOperator is needed because the
9544     // regular visitor would check the condition and true expression separately
9545     // but both point to the same place giving duplicate diagnostics.
9546     void VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperator *E) {
9547       Visit(E->getCond());
9548       Visit(E->getFalseExpr());
9549     }
9550 
9551     void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) {
9552       Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl();
9553       if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return;
9554       unsigned diag;
9555       if (isReferenceType) {
9556         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init;
9557       } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) {
9558         diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init;
9559       } else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) ||
9560                  isa<NamespaceDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) ||
9561                  DRE->getDecl()->getType()->isRecordType()) {
9562         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init;
9563       } else {
9564         // Local variables will be handled by the CFG analysis.
9565         return;
9566       }
9567 
9568       S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE,
9569                             S.PDiag(diag)
9570                               << DRE->getNameInfo().getName()
9571                               << OrigDecl->getLocation()
9572                               << DRE->getSourceRange());
9573     }
9574   };
9575 
9576   /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E.
9577   static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E,
9578                                  bool DirectInit) {
9579     // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself,
9580     // for instance, in recursive functions.  Skip them.
9581     if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl))
9582       return;
9583 
9584     E = E->IgnoreParens();
9585 
9586     // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type.
9587     // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings.
9588     if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType())
9589       if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E))
9590         if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue)
9591           if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr()))
9592             if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl)
9593               return;
9594 
9595     SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).CheckExpr(E);
9596   }
9597 } // end anonymous namespace
9598 
9599 QualType Sema::deduceVarTypeFromInitializer(VarDecl *VDecl,
9600                                             DeclarationName Name, QualType Type,
9601                                             TypeSourceInfo *TSI,
9602                                             SourceRange Range, bool DirectInit,
9603                                             Expr *Init) {
9604   bool IsInitCapture = !VDecl;
9605   assert((!VDecl || !VDecl->isInitCapture()) &&
9606          "init captures are expected to be deduced prior to initialization");
9607 
9608   // FIXME: Deduction for a decomposition declaration does weird things if the
9609   // initializer is an array.
9610 
9611   ArrayRef<Expr *> DeduceInits = Init;
9612   if (DirectInit) {
9613     if (auto *PL = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init))
9614       DeduceInits = PL->exprs();
9615     else if (auto *IL = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init))
9616       DeduceInits = IL->inits();
9617   }
9618 
9619   // Deduction only works if we have exactly one source expression.
9620   if (DeduceInits.empty()) {
9621     // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to
9622     // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);"
9623     Diag(Init->getLocStart(), IsInitCapture
9624                                   ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression
9625                                   : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression)
9626         << Name << Type << Range;
9627     return QualType();
9628   }
9629 
9630   if (DeduceInits.size() > 1) {
9631     Diag(DeduceInits[1]->getLocStart(),
9632          IsInitCapture ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions
9633                        : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions)
9634         << Name << Type << Range;
9635     return QualType();
9636   }
9637 
9638   Expr *DeduceInit = DeduceInits[0];
9639   if (DirectInit && isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit)) {
9640     Diag(Init->getLocStart(), IsInitCapture
9641                                   ? diag::err_init_capture_paren_braces
9642                                   : diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces)
9643         << isa<InitListExpr>(Init) << Name << Type << Range;
9644     return QualType();
9645   }
9646 
9647   // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger.
9648   bool DefaultedAnyToId = false;
9649   if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId &&
9650       Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy && !IsInitCapture) {
9651     ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
9652     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
9653       return QualType();
9654     }
9655     Init = Result.get();
9656     DefaultedAnyToId = true;
9657   }
9658 
9659   QualType DeducedType;
9660   if (DeduceAutoType(TSI, DeduceInit, DeducedType) == DAR_Failed) {
9661     if (!IsInitCapture)
9662       DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit);
9663     else if (isa<InitListExpr>(Init))
9664       Diag(Range.getBegin(),
9665            diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure_from_init_list)
9666           << Name
9667           << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType()
9668                                              : DeduceInit->getType())
9669           << DeduceInit->getSourceRange();
9670     else
9671       Diag(Range.getBegin(), diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure)
9672           << Name << TSI->getType()
9673           << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType()
9674                                              : DeduceInit->getType())
9675           << DeduceInit->getSourceRange();
9676   }
9677 
9678   // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using
9679   // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual
9680   // checks.
9681   // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though:
9682   // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter.
9683   if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedAnyToId &&
9684       !IsInitCapture && !DeducedType.isNull() && DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) {
9685     SourceLocation Loc = TSI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
9686     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) << Name << Range;
9687   }
9688 
9689   return DeducedType;
9690 }
9691 
9692 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the
9693 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct
9694 /// initialization rather than copy initialization.
9695 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init,
9696                                 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
9697   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it.  Just ignore
9698   // the initializer.
9699   if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
9700     CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(RealDecl));
9701     return;
9702   }
9703 
9704   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) {
9705     // Pure-specifiers are handled in ActOnPureSpecifier.
9706     Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization)
9707       << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange();
9708     Method->setInvalidDecl();
9709     return;
9710   }
9711 
9712   VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl);
9713   if (!VDecl) {
9714     assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here");
9715     Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer);
9716     RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9717     return;
9718   }
9719 
9720   // C++1z [dcl.dcl]p1 grammar implies that a parenthesized initializer is not
9721   // permitted.
9722   if (isa<DecompositionDecl>(VDecl) && DirectInit && isa<ParenListExpr>(Init))
9723     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_decomp_decl_paren_init) << VDecl;
9724 
9725   // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for.
9726   if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
9727     // Attempt typo correction early so that the type of the init expression can
9728     // be deduced based on the chosen correction if the original init contains a
9729     // TypoExpr.
9730     ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, VDecl);
9731     if (!Res.isUsable()) {
9732       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9733       return;
9734     }
9735     Init = Res.get();
9736 
9737     QualType DeducedType = deduceVarTypeFromInitializer(
9738         VDecl, VDecl->getDeclName(), VDecl->getType(),
9739         VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), VDecl->getSourceRange(), DirectInit, Init);
9740     if (DeducedType.isNull()) {
9741       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9742       return;
9743     }
9744 
9745     VDecl->setType(DeducedType);
9746     assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid());
9747 
9748     // In ARC, infer lifetime.
9749     if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl))
9750       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9751 
9752     // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches
9753     // the previously declared type.
9754     if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) {
9755       // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete
9756       // array of auto, nor deduce such a type.
9757       MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/ false);
9758     }
9759 
9760     // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration.
9761     CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl);
9762     if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
9763       return;
9764   }
9765 
9766   // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions.
9767   if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) {
9768     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition);
9769     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9770     return;
9771   }
9772 
9773   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) {
9774     // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect.
9775     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init);
9776     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9777     return;
9778   }
9779 
9780   if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) {
9781     // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be
9782     // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by
9783     // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction.
9784     QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType();
9785     if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType))
9786       BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType();
9787     if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType,
9788                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
9789       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9790       return;
9791     }
9792 
9793     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
9794     if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(),
9795                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
9796                                AbstractVariableType))
9797       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9798   }
9799 
9800   // If adding the initializer will turn this declaration into a definition,
9801   // and we already have a definition for this variable, diagnose or otherwise
9802   // handle the situation.
9803   VarDecl *Def;
9804   if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl &&
9805       (!VDecl->isStaticDataMember() || VDecl->isOutOfLine()) &&
9806       !VDecl->isThisDeclarationADemotedDefinition() &&
9807       checkVarDeclRedefinition(Def, VDecl))
9808     return;
9809 
9810   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9811     // C++ [class.static.data]p4
9812     //   If a static data member is of const integral or const
9813     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
9814     //   specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral
9815     //   constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear
9816     //   in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be
9817     //   defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the
9818     //   namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer.
9819     //
9820     // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static
9821     // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class
9822     // declaration with an initializer.
9823     if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->hasInit()) {
9824       Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization)
9825           << VDecl->getDeclName();
9826       Diag(VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->getInit()->getExprLoc(),
9827            diag::note_previous_initializer)
9828           << 0;
9829       return;
9830     }
9831 
9832     if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage())
9833       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
9834 
9835     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) {
9836       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9837       return;
9838     }
9839   }
9840 
9841   // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside
9842   // a kernel function cannot be initialized."
9843   if (VDecl->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) {
9844     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init);
9845     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9846     return;
9847   }
9848 
9849   // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since
9850   // CheckInitializerTypes may change it.
9851   QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT;
9852 
9853   // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger
9854   // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type.
9855   if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
9856       Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
9857     ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
9858     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
9859       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9860       return;
9861     }
9862     Init = Result.get();
9863   }
9864 
9865   // Perform the initialization.
9866   ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init);
9867   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
9868     // Handle errors like: int a({0})
9869     if (CXXDirectInit && CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 1 &&
9870         !canInitializeWithParenthesizedList(VDecl->getType()))
9871       if (auto IList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0))) {
9872         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_list_init_in_parens)
9873             << VDecl->getType() << CXXDirectInit->getSourceRange()
9874             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart())
9875             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CXXDirectInit->getLocEnd());
9876         Init = IList;
9877         CXXDirectInit = nullptr;
9878       }
9879 
9880     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl);
9881     InitializationKind Kind =
9882         DirectInit
9883             ? CXXDirectInit
9884                   ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(),
9885                                                      Init->getLocStart(),
9886                                                      Init->getLocEnd())
9887                   : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(VDecl->getLocation())
9888             : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(),
9889                                              Init->getLocStart());
9890 
9891     MultiExprArg Args = Init;
9892     if (CXXDirectInit)
9893       Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(),
9894                           CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs());
9895 
9896     // Try to correct any TypoExprs in the initialization arguments.
9897     for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < Args.size(); ++Idx) {
9898       ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(
9899           Args[Idx], VDecl, [this, Entity, Kind](Expr *E) {
9900             InitializationSequence Init(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(E));
9901             return Init.Failed() ? ExprError() : E;
9902           });
9903       if (Res.isInvalid()) {
9904         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9905       } else if (Res.get() != Args[Idx]) {
9906         Args[Idx] = Res.get();
9907       }
9908     }
9909     if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
9910       return;
9911 
9912     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args,
9913                                    /*TopLevelOfInitList=*/false,
9914                                    /*TreatUnavailableAsInvalid=*/false);
9915     ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT);
9916     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
9917       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9918       return;
9919     }
9920 
9921     Init = Result.getAs<Expr>();
9922   }
9923 
9924   // Check for self-references within variable initializers.
9925   // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references)
9926   // are handled by a dataflow analysis.
9927   if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() ||
9928       VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
9929     CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit);
9930   }
9931 
9932   // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was
9933   // completed by the initializer. For example:
9934   //   int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 };
9935   // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType.
9936   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT))
9937     VDecl->setType(DclT);
9938 
9939   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
9940     checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init);
9941 
9942     if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
9943       checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init);
9944 
9945     // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable.
9946     // Although this code can still have problems:
9947     //   id x = self.weakProp;
9948     //   id y = self.weakProp;
9949     // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate
9950     // paths through the function. This should be revisited if
9951     // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive.
9952     if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong &&
9953         !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak,
9954                          Init->getLocStart()))
9955       getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init);
9956   }
9957 
9958   // The initialization is usually a full-expression.
9959   //
9960   // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not
9961   // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate
9962   // full-expression. For instance, in:
9963   //
9964   //   struct Temp { ~Temp(); };
9965   //   struct S { S(Temp); };
9966   //   struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() }
9967   //
9968   // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second.
9969   ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(),
9970                                           false,
9971                                           VDecl->isConstexpr());
9972   if (Result.isInvalid()) {
9973     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9974     return;
9975   }
9976   Init = Result.get();
9977 
9978   // Attach the initializer to the decl.
9979   VDecl->setInit(Init);
9980 
9981   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) {
9982     // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has
9983     // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals.
9984     // C++ does not have this restriction.
9985     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
9986       const Expr *Culprit;
9987       if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
9988         CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
9989       // C89 is stricter than C99 for non-static aggregate types.
9990       // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list
9991       // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be
9992       // constant expressions.
9993       else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() &&
9994                isa<InitListExpr>(Init) &&
9995                !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit))
9996         Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(),
9997              diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant)
9998           << Culprit->getSourceRange();
9999     }
10000   } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && !VDecl->isInline() &&
10001              VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
10002     // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g.,
10003     //
10004     // struct S {
10005     //   static const int value = 17;
10006     // };
10007 
10008     // C++ [class.mem]p4:
10009     //   A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only
10010     //   if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or
10011     //   const enumeration type, see 9.4.2.
10012     //
10013     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3:
10014     //   If a non-volatile non-inline const static data member is of integral
10015     //   or enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
10016     //   specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause
10017     //   that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static
10018     //   data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition
10019     //   with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a
10020     //   brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is
10021     //   an assignment-expression is a constant expression.
10022 
10023     // Do nothing on dependent types.
10024     if (DclT->isDependentType()) {
10025 
10026     // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal
10027     // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal
10028     // type.
10029     } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) {
10030 
10031     // Require constness.
10032     } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) {
10033       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const)
10034         << Init->getSourceRange();
10035       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
10036 
10037     // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases.
10038     } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
10039       // Check whether the expression is a constant expression.
10040       SourceLocation Loc;
10041       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified())
10042         // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an
10043         // in-class initializer cannot be volatile.
10044         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile);
10045       else if (Init->isValueDependent())
10046         ; // Nothing to check.
10047       else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc))
10048         ; // Ok, it's an ICE!
10049       else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
10050         // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it,
10051         // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic.
10052         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
10053           << Init->getSourceRange();
10054       } else {
10055         // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case.  Report the issue at the
10056         // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check.
10057         Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
10058           << Init->getSourceRange();
10059         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
10060       }
10061 
10062     // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension.
10063     } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok
10064       // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support
10065       // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'.
10066       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
10067         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(),
10068              diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
10069             << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
10070         Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(),
10071              diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
10072             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
10073       } else {
10074         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type)
10075           << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
10076 
10077         if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
10078           Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
10079             << Init->getSourceRange();
10080           VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
10081         }
10082       }
10083 
10084     // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types.
10085     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) {
10086       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type)
10087         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange()
10088         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
10089       VDecl->setConstexpr(true);
10090 
10091     } else {
10092       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type)
10093         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
10094       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
10095     }
10096   } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) {
10097     // In C, extern is typically used to avoid tentative definitions when
10098     // declaring variables in headers, but adding an intializer makes it a
10099     // defintion. This is somewhat confusing, so GCC and Clang both warn on it.
10100     // In C++, extern is often used to give implictly static const variables
10101     // external linkage, so don't warn in that case. If selectany is present,
10102     // this might be header code intended for C and C++ inclusion, so apply the
10103     // C++ rules.
10104     if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern &&
10105         ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->hasAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) ||
10106          !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified()) &&
10107         !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && VDecl->isExternC()) &&
10108         !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind()))
10109       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init);
10110 
10111     // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant.
10112     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
10113       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
10114   }
10115 
10116   // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization:
10117   //    int x(1);  -as-> int x = 1;
10118   //    ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c);
10119   //
10120   // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for
10121   // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle().
10122   // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which
10123   // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without
10124   // special case code.
10125 
10126   // C++ 8.5p11:
10127   // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally
10128   // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a
10129   // class type.
10130   if (CXXDirectInit) {
10131     assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init.");
10132     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
10133   } else if (DirectInit) {
10134     // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization.
10135     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit);
10136   }
10137 
10138   CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl);
10139 }
10140 
10141 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an
10142 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form
10143 /// of sanity.
10144 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) {
10145   // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a
10146   // variable's type is either dependent or complete".
10147   if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return;
10148 
10149   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
10150   if (!VD) return;
10151 
10152   // Bindings are not usable if we can't make sense of the initializer.
10153   if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D))
10154     for (auto *BD : DD->bindings())
10155       BD->setInvalidDecl();
10156 
10157   // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer.
10158   if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) {
10159     D->setInvalidDecl();
10160     return;
10161   }
10162 
10163   QualType Ty = VD->getType();
10164   if (Ty->isDependentType()) return;
10165 
10166   // Require a complete type.
10167   if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(),
10168                           Context.getBaseElementType(Ty),
10169                           diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
10170     VD->setInvalidDecl();
10171     return;
10172   }
10173 
10174   // Require a non-abstract type.
10175   if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty,
10176                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
10177                              AbstractVariableType)) {
10178     VD->setInvalidDecl();
10179     return;
10180   }
10181 
10182   // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors,
10183   // though.
10184 }
10185 
10186 /// Checks if an object of the given type can be initialized with parenthesized
10187 /// init-list.
10188 ///
10189 /// \param TargetType Type of object being initialized.
10190 ///
10191 /// The function is used to detect wrong initializations, such as 'int({0})'.
10192 ///
10193 bool Sema::canInitializeWithParenthesizedList(QualType TargetType) {
10194   return TargetType->isDependentType() || TargetType->isRecordType() ||
10195          TargetType->getContainedAutoType();
10196 }
10197 
10198 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl,
10199                                   bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
10200   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it.
10201   if (!RealDecl)
10202     return;
10203 
10204   if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) {
10205     QualType Type = Var->getType();
10206 
10207     // C++1z [dcl.dcl]p1 grammar implies that an initializer is mandatory.
10208     if (isa<DecompositionDecl>(RealDecl)) {
10209       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_decomp_decl_requires_init) << Var;
10210       Var->setInvalidDecl();
10211       return;
10212     }
10213 
10214     // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3
10215     if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) {
10216       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init)
10217         << Var->getDeclName() << Type;
10218       Var->setInvalidDecl();
10219       return;
10220     }
10221 
10222     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with
10223     // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify
10224     // a brace-or-equal-initializer.
10225     // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to
10226     // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data
10227     // member.
10228     if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
10229         !Var->isThisDeclarationADemotedDefinition()) {
10230       if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) {
10231         // C++1z removes the relevant rule; the in-class declaration is always
10232         // a definition there.
10233         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z) {
10234           Diag(Var->getLocation(),
10235                diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init)
10236             << Var->getDeclName();
10237           Var->setInvalidDecl();
10238           return;
10239         }
10240       } else {
10241         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl);
10242         Var->setInvalidDecl();
10243         return;
10244       }
10245     }
10246 
10247     // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: [...]  A variable template
10248     // definition having the concept specifier is called a variable concept. A
10249     // concept definition refers to [...] a variable concept and its initializer.
10250     if (VarTemplateDecl *VTD = Var->getDescribedVarTemplate()) {
10251       if (VTD->isConcept()) {
10252         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_var_concept_not_initialized);
10253         Var->setInvalidDecl();
10254         return;
10255       }
10256     }
10257 
10258     // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must
10259     // be initialized.
10260     if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
10261         Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant &&
10262         Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) {
10263       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init);
10264       Var->setInvalidDecl();
10265       return;
10266     }
10267 
10268     switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
10269     case VarDecl::Definition:
10270       if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer())
10271         break;
10272 
10273       // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member
10274       // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like
10275       // a declaration.
10276       //
10277       // Fall through
10278 
10279     case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly:
10280       // It's only a declaration.
10281 
10282       // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is
10283       // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the
10284       // object shall be complete.
10285       if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() &&
10286           !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
10287           RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
10288                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type))
10289         Var->setInvalidDecl();
10290 
10291       // Make sure that the type is not abstract.
10292       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
10293           RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
10294                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
10295                                  AbstractVariableType))
10296         Var->setInvalidDecl();
10297       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
10298           Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) {
10299         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern);
10300         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern);
10301       }
10302 
10303       return;
10304 
10305     case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition:
10306       // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an
10307       // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a
10308       // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static",
10309       // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with
10310       // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5).
10311       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) {
10312         if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT
10313                                     = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) {
10314           if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
10315                                   ArrayT->getElementType(),
10316                                   diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type))
10317             Var->setInvalidDecl();
10318         } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
10319           // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is
10320           // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the
10321           // declared type shall not be an incomplete type.
10322           // NOTE: code such as the following
10323           //     static struct s;
10324           //     struct s { int a; };
10325           // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of
10326           // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration.
10327           // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration.
10328           if (Var->isFirstDecl())
10329             RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
10330                                 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type);
10331         }
10332       }
10333 
10334       // Record the tentative definition; we're done.
10335       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl())
10336         TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var);
10337       return;
10338     }
10339 
10340     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
10341     // definitions with incomplete array type.
10342     if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
10343       Diag(Var->getLocation(),
10344            diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer);
10345       Var->setInvalidDecl();
10346       return;
10347     }
10348 
10349     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
10350     // definitions with reference type.
10351     if (Type->isReferenceType()) {
10352       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init)
10353         << Var->getDeclName()
10354         << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation());
10355       Var->setInvalidDecl();
10356       return;
10357     }
10358 
10359     // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a
10360     // variable with dependent type.
10361     if (Type->isDependentType())
10362       return;
10363 
10364     if (Var->isInvalidDecl())
10365       return;
10366 
10367     if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) {
10368       if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
10369                               Context.getBaseElementType(Type),
10370                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
10371         Var->setInvalidDecl();
10372         return;
10373       }
10374     } else {
10375       return;
10376     }
10377 
10378     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
10379     if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
10380                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
10381                                AbstractVariableType)) {
10382       Var->setInvalidDecl();
10383       return;
10384     }
10385 
10386     // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer.  C++0x
10387     // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic
10388     // storage duration", not a "local variable".
10389     // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3
10390     //   A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic
10391     //   storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is
10392     //   ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a
10393     //   trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified
10394     //   version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding
10395     //   types and is declared without an initializer.
10396     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) {
10397       if (const RecordType *Record
10398             = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) {
10399         CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl());
10400         // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of
10401         // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose
10402         // incompatibilities with C++98.
10403         if (!CXXRecord->isPOD())
10404           getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
10405       }
10406     }
10407 
10408     // C++03 [dcl.init]p9:
10409     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, and the
10410     //   object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or
10411     //   array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if
10412     //   the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class
10413     //   type shall have a user-declared default
10414     //   constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for
10415     //   a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if
10416     //   any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object
10417     //   or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the
10418     //   program is ill-formed.
10419     // C++0x [dcl.init]p11:
10420     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is
10421     //   default-initialized; [...].
10422     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var);
10423     InitializationKind Kind
10424       = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation());
10425 
10426     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
10427     ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
10428     if (Init.isInvalid())
10429       Var->setInvalidDecl();
10430     else if (Init.get()) {
10431       Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get()));
10432       // This is important for template substitution.
10433       Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
10434     }
10435 
10436     CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var);
10437   }
10438 }
10439 
10440 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) {
10441   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Ignore it.
10442   if (!D)
10443     return;
10444 
10445   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
10446   if (!VD) {
10447     Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var);
10448     D->setInvalidDecl();
10449     return;
10450   }
10451 
10452   VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
10453 
10454   // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier.
10455   int Error = -1;
10456   switch (VD->getStorageClass()) {
10457   case SC_None:
10458     break;
10459   case SC_Extern:
10460     Error = 0;
10461     break;
10462   case SC_Static:
10463     Error = 1;
10464     break;
10465   case SC_PrivateExtern:
10466     Error = 2;
10467     break;
10468   case SC_Auto:
10469     Error = 3;
10470     break;
10471   case SC_Register:
10472     Error = 4;
10473     break;
10474   }
10475   if (Error != -1) {
10476     Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class)
10477       << VD->getDeclName() << Error;
10478     D->setInvalidDecl();
10479   }
10480 }
10481 
10482 StmtResult
10483 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc,
10484                                  IdentifierInfo *Ident,
10485                                  ParsedAttributes &Attrs,
10486                                  SourceLocation AttrEnd) {
10487   // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1:
10488   //   A range-based for statement of the form
10489   //      for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement
10490   //   is equivalent to
10491   //      for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement
10492   DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory());
10493 
10494   const char *PrevSpec;
10495   unsigned DiagID;
10496   DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID,
10497                      getPrintingPolicy());
10498 
10499   Declarator D(DS, Declarator::ForContext);
10500   D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc);
10501   D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd);
10502 
10503   ParsedAttributes EmptyAttrs(Attrs.getPool().getFactory());
10504   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/false),
10505                 EmptyAttrs, IdentLoc);
10506   Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D);
10507   cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
10508   FinalizeDeclaration(Var);
10509   return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc,
10510                        AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc);
10511 }
10512 
10513 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) {
10514   if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return;
10515 
10516   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
10517     // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Every block variable declaration must have an
10518     // initialiser
10519     if (var->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->isBlockPointerType() &&
10520         !var->hasInit()) {
10521       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration)
10522           << 1 /*Init*/;
10523       var->setInvalidDecl();
10524       return;
10525     }
10526   }
10527 
10528   // In Objective-C, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a
10529   // local retaining variable.
10530   if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 &&
10531       var->hasLocalStorage()) {
10532     switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) {
10533     case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
10534     case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
10535     case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
10536       break;
10537 
10538     case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
10539     case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
10540       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
10541       break;
10542     }
10543   }
10544 
10545   // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a
10546   // prior declaration.  We only want to do this for global
10547   // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for
10548   // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can
10549   // change if it's later given a typedef name.
10550   if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
10551       var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() &&
10552       var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() &&
10553       !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations,
10554                                   var->getLocation())) {
10555     // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition.
10556     VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl();
10557     while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
10558       prev = prev->getPreviousDecl();
10559 
10560     if (!prev)
10561       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var;
10562   }
10563 
10564   // Cache the result of checking for constant initialization.
10565   Optional<bool> CacheHasConstInit;
10566   const Expr *CacheCulprit;
10567   auto checkConstInit = [&]() mutable {
10568     if (!CacheHasConstInit)
10569       CacheHasConstInit = var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer(
10570             Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &CacheCulprit);
10571     return *CacheHasConstInit;
10572   };
10573 
10574   if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) {
10575     if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) {
10576       // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3:
10577       //   The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not
10578       //   have a non-trivial destructor.
10579       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor);
10580       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
10581         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
10582     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit()) {
10583       if (!checkConstInit()) {
10584         // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4:
10585         //   An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic
10586         //   initialization.
10587         // FIXME: Need strict checking here.
10588         Diag(CacheCulprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init)
10589           << CacheCulprit->getSourceRange();
10590         if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
10591           Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
10592       }
10593     }
10594   }
10595 
10596   // Apply section attributes and pragmas to global variables.
10597   bool GlobalStorage = var->hasGlobalStorage();
10598   if (GlobalStorage && var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
10599       ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
10600     PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr;
10601     int SectionFlags = ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Read;
10602     if (var->getType().isConstQualified())
10603       Stack = &ConstSegStack;
10604     else if (!var->getInit()) {
10605       Stack = &BSSSegStack;
10606       SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write;
10607     } else {
10608       Stack = &DataSegStack;
10609       SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write;
10610     }
10611     if (Stack->CurrentValue && !var->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) {
10612       var->addAttr(SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(
10613           Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate,
10614           Stack->CurrentValue->getString(), Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation));
10615     }
10616     if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>())
10617       if (UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var))
10618         var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>();
10619 
10620     // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer.  If the
10621     // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this
10622     // attribute.
10623     if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit())
10624       var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(),
10625                                                CurInitSegLoc));
10626   }
10627 
10628   // All the following checks are C++ only.
10629   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10630       // If this variable must be emitted, add it as an initializer for the
10631       // current module.
10632      if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(var) && !ModuleScopes.empty())
10633        Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, var);
10634      return;
10635   }
10636 
10637   if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(var))
10638     CheckCompleteDecompositionDeclaration(DD);
10639 
10640   QualType type = var->getType();
10641   if (type->isDependentType()) return;
10642 
10643   // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer.
10644   if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
10645     // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an
10646     // array type; should we diagnose that here?
10647 
10648     // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when
10649     // constructing this copy.
10650     if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) {
10651       EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated);
10652       SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation();
10653       Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi);
10654       ExprResult result
10655         = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(
10656             InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false),
10657             var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true);
10658       if (!result.isInvalid()) {
10659         result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result);
10660         Expr *init = result.getAs<Expr>();
10661         Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init);
10662       }
10663     }
10664   }
10665 
10666   Expr *Init = var->getInit();
10667   bool IsGlobal = GlobalStorage && !var->isStaticLocal();
10668   QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type);
10669 
10670   if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() &&
10671       Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) {
10672 
10673     if (var->isConstexpr()) {
10674       SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes;
10675       if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) {
10676         SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation();
10677         // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source
10678         // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic.
10679         if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() ==
10680               diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) {
10681           DiagLoc = Notes[0].first;
10682           Notes.clear();
10683         }
10684         Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init)
10685           << var << Init->getSourceRange();
10686         for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I)
10687           Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second);
10688       }
10689     } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) {
10690       // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or
10691       // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was
10692       // initialized by a constant expression if we check later.
10693       var->checkInitIsICE();
10694     }
10695 
10696     // Don't emit further diagnostics about constexpr globals since they
10697     // were just diagnosed.
10698     if (!var->isConstexpr() && GlobalStorage &&
10699             var->hasAttr<RequireConstantInitAttr>()) {
10700       // FIXME: Need strict checking in C++03 here.
10701       bool DiagErr = getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
10702           ? !var->checkInitIsICE() : !checkConstInit();
10703       if (DiagErr) {
10704         auto attr = var->getAttr<RequireConstantInitAttr>();
10705         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_require_constant_init_failed)
10706           << Init->getSourceRange();
10707         Diag(attr->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_required_constant_init_here)
10708           << attr->getRange();
10709       }
10710     }
10711     else if (!var->isConstexpr() && IsGlobal &&
10712              !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor,
10713                                     var->getLocation())) {
10714       // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer.  Don't
10715       // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already
10716       // warned about them.
10717       CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
10718       if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor())) {
10719         if (!checkConstInit())
10720           Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor)
10721             << Init->getSourceRange();
10722       }
10723     }
10724   }
10725 
10726   // Require the destructor.
10727   if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>())
10728     FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType);
10729 
10730   // If this variable must be emitted, add it as an initializer for the current
10731   // module.
10732   if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(var) && !ModuleScopes.empty())
10733     Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, var);
10734 }
10735 
10736 /// \brief Determines if a variable's alignment is dependent.
10737 static bool hasDependentAlignment(VarDecl *VD) {
10738   if (VD->getType()->isDependentType())
10739     return true;
10740   for (auto *I : VD->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>())
10741     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
10742       return true;
10743   return false;
10744 }
10745 
10746 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform
10747 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached.
10748 void
10749 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) {
10750   // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration.
10751   ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl);
10752 
10753   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl);
10754   if (!VD)
10755     return;
10756 
10757   if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(ThisDecl)) {
10758     for (auto *BD : DD->bindings()) {
10759       FinalizeDeclaration(BD);
10760     }
10761   }
10762 
10763   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD);
10764 
10765   // Perform TLS alignment check here after attributes attached to the variable
10766   // which may affect the alignment have been processed. Only perform the check
10767   // if the target has a maximum TLS alignment (zero means no constraints).
10768   if (unsigned MaxAlign = Context.getTargetInfo().getMaxTLSAlign()) {
10769     // Protect the check so that it's not performed on dependent types and
10770     // dependent alignments (we can't determine the alignment in that case).
10771     if (VD->getTLSKind() && !hasDependentAlignment(VD)) {
10772       CharUnits MaxAlignChars = Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(MaxAlign);
10773       if (Context.getDeclAlign(VD) > MaxAlignChars) {
10774         Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tls_var_aligned_over_maximum)
10775           << (unsigned)Context.getDeclAlign(VD).getQuantity() << VD
10776           << (unsigned)MaxAlignChars.getQuantity();
10777       }
10778     }
10779   }
10780 
10781   if (VD->isStaticLocal()) {
10782     if (FunctionDecl *FD =
10783             dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod())) {
10784       // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function.
10785       if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) {
10786         auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext()));
10787         NewAttr->setInherited(true);
10788         VD->addAttr(NewAttr);
10789       }
10790       // CUDA E.2.9.4: Within the body of a __device__ or __global__
10791       // function, only __shared__ variables may be declared with
10792       // static storage class.
10793       if (getLangOpts().CUDA && !VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() &&
10794           CUDADiagIfDeviceCode(VD->getLocation(),
10795                                diag::err_device_static_local_var)
10796               << CurrentCUDATarget())
10797         VD->setInvalidDecl();
10798     }
10799   }
10800 
10801   // Perform check for initializers of device-side global variables.
10802   // CUDA allows empty constructors as initializers (see E.2.3.1, CUDA
10803   // 7.5). We must also apply the same checks to all __shared__
10804   // variables whether they are local or not. CUDA also allows
10805   // constant initializers for __constant__ and __device__ variables.
10806   if (getLangOpts().CUDA) {
10807     const Expr *Init = VD->getInit();
10808     if (Init && VD->hasGlobalStorage()) {
10809       if (VD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || VD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>() ||
10810           VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>()) {
10811         assert(!VD->isStaticLocal() || VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>());
10812         bool AllowedInit = false;
10813         if (const CXXConstructExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init))
10814           AllowedInit =
10815               isEmptyCudaConstructor(VD->getLocation(), CE->getConstructor());
10816         // We'll allow constant initializers even if it's a non-empty
10817         // constructor according to CUDA rules. This deviates from NVCC,
10818         // but allows us to handle things like constexpr constructors.
10819         if (!AllowedInit &&
10820             (VD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || VD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>()))
10821           AllowedInit = VD->getInit()->isConstantInitializer(
10822               Context, VD->getType()->isReferenceType());
10823 
10824         // Also make sure that destructor, if there is one, is empty.
10825         if (AllowedInit)
10826           if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = VD->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
10827             AllowedInit =
10828                 isEmptyCudaDestructor(VD->getLocation(), RD->getDestructor());
10829 
10830         if (!AllowedInit) {
10831           Diag(VD->getLocation(), VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>()
10832                                       ? diag::err_shared_var_init
10833                                       : diag::err_dynamic_var_init)
10834               << Init->getSourceRange();
10835           VD->setInvalidDecl();
10836         }
10837       } else {
10838         // This is a host-side global variable.  Check that the initializer is
10839         // callable from the host side.
10840         const FunctionDecl *InitFn = nullptr;
10841         if (const CXXConstructExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init)) {
10842           InitFn = CE->getConstructor();
10843         } else if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(Init)) {
10844           InitFn = CE->getDirectCallee();
10845         }
10846         if (InitFn) {
10847           CUDAFunctionTarget InitFnTarget = IdentifyCUDATarget(InitFn);
10848           if (InitFnTarget != CFT_Host && InitFnTarget != CFT_HostDevice) {
10849             Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_ref_bad_target_global_initializer)
10850                 << InitFnTarget << InitFn;
10851             Diag(InitFn->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << InitFn;
10852             VD->setInvalidDecl();
10853           }
10854         }
10855       }
10856     }
10857   }
10858 
10859   // Grab the dllimport or dllexport attribute off of the VarDecl.
10860   const InheritableAttr *DLLAttr = getDLLAttr(VD);
10861 
10862   // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line.
10863   if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast_or_null<DLLImportAttr>(DLLAttr)) {
10864     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() &&
10865         VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
10866       // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members
10867       // with a warning.
10868       CXXRecordDecl *Context =
10869         cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext());
10870       bool IsClassTemplateMember =
10871           isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) ||
10872           Context->getDescribedClassTemplate();
10873 
10874       Diag(VD->getLocation(),
10875            IsClassTemplateMember
10876                ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition
10877                : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition);
10878       Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute);
10879       if (!IsClassTemplateMember)
10880         VD->setInvalidDecl();
10881     }
10882   }
10883 
10884   // dllimport/dllexport variables cannot be thread local, their TLS index
10885   // isn't exported with the variable.
10886   if (DLLAttr && VD->getTLSKind()) {
10887     auto *F = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod());
10888     if (F && getDLLAttr(F)) {
10889       assert(VD->isStaticLocal());
10890       // But if this is a static local in a dlimport/dllexport function, the
10891       // function will never be inlined, which means the var would never be
10892       // imported, so having it marked import/export is safe.
10893     } else {
10894       Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_thread_local) << VD
10895                                                                     << DLLAttr;
10896       VD->setInvalidDecl();
10897     }
10898   }
10899 
10900   if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) {
10901     if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
10902       Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr;
10903       VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>();
10904     }
10905   }
10906 
10907   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext();
10908   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
10909   // member, set the visibility of this variable.
10910   if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible())
10911     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD);
10912 
10913   // FIXME: Warn on unused templates.
10914   if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate() &&
10915       !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD))
10916     MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD);
10917 
10918   // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic
10919   // tag values.
10920   if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() ||
10921       !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
10922     return;
10923 
10924   for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) {
10925     const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit();
10926     if (!MagicValueExpr) {
10927       continue;
10928     }
10929     llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt;
10930     if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) {
10931       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
10932            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice)
10933         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
10934       continue;
10935     }
10936     if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) {
10937       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
10938            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large)
10939         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
10940       continue;
10941     }
10942     uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue();
10943     RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(),
10944                                MagicValue,
10945                                I->getMatchingCType(),
10946                                I->getLayoutCompatible(),
10947                                I->getMustBeNull());
10948   }
10949 }
10950 
10951 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
10952                                                    ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
10953   SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls;
10954 
10955   if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned())
10956     Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl());
10957 
10958   DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr;
10959   DecompositionDecl *FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr;
10960   bool DiagnosedMultipleDecomps = false;
10961 
10962   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) {
10963     if (Decl *D = Group[i]) {
10964       auto *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D);
10965       if (DD && !FirstDeclaratorInGroup)
10966         FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD;
10967 
10968       auto *Decomp = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D);
10969       if (Decomp && !FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup)
10970         FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup = Decomp;
10971 
10972       // A decomposition declaration cannot be combined with any other
10973       // declaration in the same group.
10974       auto *OtherDD = FirstDeclaratorInGroup;
10975       if (OtherDD == FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup)
10976         OtherDD = DD;
10977       if (OtherDD && FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup &&
10978           OtherDD != FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup &&
10979           !DiagnosedMultipleDecomps) {
10980         Diag(FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup->getLocation(),
10981              diag::err_decomp_decl_not_alone)
10982           << OtherDD->getSourceRange();
10983         DiagnosedMultipleDecomps = true;
10984       }
10985 
10986       Decls.push_back(D);
10987     }
10988   }
10989 
10990   if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) {
10991     if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) {
10992       handleTagNumbering(Tag, S);
10993       if (FirstDeclaratorInGroup && !Tag->hasNameForLinkage() &&
10994           getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
10995         Context.addDeclaratorForUnnamedTagDecl(Tag, FirstDeclaratorInGroup);
10996     }
10997   }
10998 
10999   return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls, DS.containsPlaceholderType());
11000 }
11001 
11002 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration
11003 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking.
11004 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy
11005 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group,
11006                            bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
11007   // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7:
11008   //   If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each
11009   //   deduction, the program is ill-formed.
11010   // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed
11011   // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for.
11012   //   auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 };
11013   // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases.
11014   if (TypeMayContainAuto && Group.size() > 1) {
11015     QualType Deduced;
11016     CanQualType DeducedCanon;
11017     VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr;
11018     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) {
11019       if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) {
11020         AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType();
11021         // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template.
11022         if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl())
11023           break;
11024         QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType();
11025         if (!U.isNull()) {
11026           CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U);
11027           if (Deduced.isNull()) {
11028             Deduced = U;
11029             DeducedCanon = UCanon;
11030             DeducedDecl = D;
11031           } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) {
11032             Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
11033                  diag::err_auto_different_deductions)
11034               << (unsigned)AT->getKeyword()
11035               << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName()
11036               << U << D->getDeclName()
11037               << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange()
11038               << D->getInit()->getSourceRange();
11039             D->setInvalidDecl();
11040             break;
11041           }
11042         }
11043       }
11044     }
11045   }
11046 
11047   ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group);
11048 
11049   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(
11050       DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size()));
11051 }
11052 
11053 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) {
11054   ActOnDocumentableDecls(D);
11055 }
11056 
11057 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
11058   // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored.
11059   if (Group.empty() || !Group[0])
11060     return;
11061 
11062   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found,
11063                       Group[0]->getLocation()) &&
11064       Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_unknown_comment_command_name,
11065                       Group[0]->getLocation()))
11066     return;
11067 
11068   if (Group.size() >= 2) {
11069     // This is a decl group.  Normally it will contain only declarations
11070     // produced from declarator list.  But in case we have any definitions or
11071     // additional declaration references:
11072     //   'typedef struct S {} S;'
11073     //   'typedef struct S *S;'
11074     //   'struct S *pS;'
11075     // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations.
11076     Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0];
11077     if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) {
11078       Group = Group.slice(1);
11079     }
11080   }
11081 
11082   // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl.
11083   ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments();
11084   if (!Comments.empty() &&
11085       !Comments.back()->isAttached()) {
11086     // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl.
11087     // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls?
11088     //
11089     // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the
11090     // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to
11091     // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked
11092     // ahead through comments.
11093     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i)
11094       Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP);
11095   }
11096 }
11097 
11098 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator()
11099 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope.
11100 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
11101   const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec();
11102 
11103   // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'.
11104 
11105   // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'.
11106   StorageClass SC = SC_None;
11107   if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) {
11108     SC = SC_Register;
11109   } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
11110              DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) {
11111     SC = SC_Auto;
11112   } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
11113     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
11114          diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl);
11115     D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs();
11116   }
11117 
11118   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
11119     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread)
11120       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
11121   if (DS.isInlineSpecified())
11122     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function)
11123         << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z;
11124   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified())
11125     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
11126       << 0;
11127   if (DS.isConceptSpecified())
11128     Diag(DS.getConceptSpecLoc(), diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind);
11129 
11130   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
11131 
11132   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
11133   QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType();
11134 
11135   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11136     // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this
11137     // parameter.
11138     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
11139 
11140     // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
11141     if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
11142       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator)
11143         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
11144       D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear();
11145     }
11146   }
11147 
11148   // Ensure we have a valid name
11149   IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr;
11150   if (D.hasName()) {
11151     II = D.getIdentifier();
11152     if (!II) {
11153       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name)
11154         << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
11155       D.setInvalidType(true);
11156     }
11157   }
11158 
11159   // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x);
11160   if (II) {
11161     LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName,
11162                    ForRedeclaration);
11163     LookupName(R, S);
11164     if (R.isSingleResult()) {
11165       NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
11166       if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
11167         // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
11168         DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
11169         // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
11170         PrevDecl = nullptr;
11171       } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
11172         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II;
11173         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
11174 
11175         // Recover by removing the name
11176         II = nullptr;
11177         D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc());
11178         D.setInvalidType(true);
11179       }
11180     }
11181   }
11182 
11183   // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not
11184   // the enclosing context.  This prevents them from accidentally
11185   // looking like class members in C++.
11186   ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
11187                                     D.getLocStart(),
11188                                     D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
11189                                     parmDeclType, TInfo,
11190                                     SC);
11191 
11192   if (D.isInvalidType())
11193     New->setInvalidDecl();
11194 
11195   assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope());
11196   assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1);
11197   New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1,
11198                     S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex());
11199 
11200   // Add the parameter declaration into this scope.
11201   S->AddDecl(New);
11202   if (II)
11203     IdResolver.AddDecl(New);
11204 
11205   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D);
11206 
11207   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
11208     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
11209       << 1 << New->getDeclName()
11210       << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
11211       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
11212 
11213   if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
11214     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
11215   }
11216   return New;
11217 }
11218 
11219 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a
11220 /// typedef.
11221 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
11222                                               SourceLocation Loc,
11223                                               QualType T) {
11224   /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc.
11225      Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source
11226      location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */
11227   ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr,
11228                                 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc),
11229                                            SC_None, nullptr);
11230   Param->setImplicit();
11231   return Param;
11232 }
11233 
11234 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters) {
11235   // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we
11236   // will already have done so in the template itself.
11237   if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
11238     return;
11239 
11240   for (const ParmVarDecl *Parameter : Parameters) {
11241     if (!Parameter->isReferenced() && Parameter->getDeclName() &&
11242         !Parameter->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) {
11243       Diag(Parameter->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter)
11244         << Parameter->getDeclName();
11245     }
11246   }
11247 }
11248 
11249 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(
11250     ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters, QualType ReturnTy, NamedDecl *D) {
11251   if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check.
11252     return;
11253 
11254   // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
11255   // threshold.
11256   if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) {
11257     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity();
11258     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
11259       Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size)
11260           << D->getDeclName() << Size;
11261   }
11262 
11263   // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
11264   // threshold.
11265   for (const ParmVarDecl *Parameter : Parameters) {
11266     QualType T = Parameter->getType();
11267     if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context))
11268       continue;
11269     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity();
11270     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
11271       Diag(Parameter->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size)
11272           << Parameter->getDeclName() << Size;
11273   }
11274 }
11275 
11276 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
11277                                   SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
11278                                   QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
11279                                   StorageClass SC) {
11280   // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types.
11281   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
11282       T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
11283       T->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
11284 
11285     Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime;
11286 
11287     // Special cases for arrays:
11288     //   - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained
11289     //   - otherwise, it's an error
11290     if (T->isArrayType()) {
11291       if (!T.isConstQualified()) {
11292         DelayedDiagnostics.add(
11293             sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType(
11294             NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false));
11295       }
11296       lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone;
11297     } else {
11298       lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
11299     }
11300     T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime);
11301   }
11302 
11303   ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name,
11304                                          Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T),
11305                                          TSInfo, SC, nullptr);
11306 
11307   // Parameters can not be abstract class types.
11308   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
11309   // the class has been completely parsed.
11310   if (!CurContext->isRecord() &&
11311       RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
11312                              AbstractParamType))
11313     New->setInvalidDecl();
11314 
11315   // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are
11316   // passed by reference.
11317   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
11318     SourceLocation TypeEndLoc =
11319         getLocForEndOfToken(TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd());
11320     Diag(NameLoc,
11321          diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T
11322       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*");
11323     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
11324     New->setType(T);
11325   }
11326 
11327   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage
11328   // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier."
11329   // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have
11330   // an address space.
11331   if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
11332     // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type
11333     // to be qualified with an address space.
11334     if (!(getLangOpts().OpenCL && T->isArrayType())) {
11335       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space);
11336       New->setInvalidDecl();
11337     }
11338   }
11339 
11340   return New;
11341 }
11342 
11343 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
11344                                            SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) {
11345   DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
11346 
11347   // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared'
11348   // for a K&R function.
11349   if (!FTI.hasPrototype) {
11350     for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) {
11351       --i;
11352       if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) {
11353         SmallString<256> Code;
11354         llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code)
11355             << "  int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n";
11356         Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared)
11357             << FTI.Params[i].Ident
11358             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code);
11359 
11360         // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better
11361         // type.
11362         AttributeFactory attrs;
11363         DeclSpec DS(attrs);
11364         const char* PrevSpec; // unused
11365         unsigned DiagID; // unused
11366         DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec,
11367                            DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
11368         // Use the identifier location for the type source range.
11369         DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
11370         DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
11371         Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext);
11372         ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
11373         FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD);
11374       }
11375     }
11376   }
11377 }
11378 
11379 Decl *
11380 Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D,
11381                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
11382                               SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) {
11383   assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused");
11384   assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!");
11385   Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent();
11386 
11387   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition);
11388   Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, TemplateParameterLists);
11389   return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP, SkipBody);
11390 }
11391 
11392 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineFunctionDef(FunctionDecl *D) {
11393   Consumer.HandleInlineFunctionDefinition(D);
11394 }
11395 
11396 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD,
11397                              const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) {
11398   // Don't warn about invalid declarations.
11399   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
11400     return false;
11401 
11402   // Or declarations that aren't global.
11403   if (!FD->isGlobal())
11404     return false;
11405 
11406   // Don't warn about C++ member functions.
11407   if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
11408     return false;
11409 
11410   // Don't warn about 'main'.
11411   if (FD->isMain())
11412     return false;
11413 
11414   // Don't warn about inline functions.
11415   if (FD->isInlined())
11416     return false;
11417 
11418   // Don't warn about function templates.
11419   if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
11420     return false;
11421 
11422   // Don't warn about function template specializations.
11423   if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
11424     return false;
11425 
11426   // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels.
11427   if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>())
11428     return false;
11429 
11430   // Don't warn on explicitly deleted functions.
11431   if (FD->isDeleted())
11432     return false;
11433 
11434   bool MissingPrototype = true;
11435   for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl();
11436        Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) {
11437     // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method
11438     // scope, because they aren't visible from the header.
11439     if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
11440       continue;
11441 
11442     MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType();
11443     if (FD->getNumParams() == 0)
11444       PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev;
11445     break;
11446   }
11447 
11448   return MissingPrototype;
11449 }
11450 
11451 void
11452 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD,
11453                                    const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition,
11454                                    SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) {
11455   // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition
11456   // was an extern inline function.
11457   const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition;
11458   if (!Definition)
11459     if (!FD->isDefined(Definition))
11460       return;
11461 
11462   if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts()))
11463     return;
11464 
11465   // If we don't have a visible definition of the function, and it's inline or
11466   // a template, skip the new definition.
11467   if (SkipBody && !hasVisibleDefinition(Definition) &&
11468       (Definition->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage ||
11469        Definition->isInlined() ||
11470        Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() ||
11471        Definition->getNumTemplateParameterLists())) {
11472     SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true;
11473     if (auto *TD = Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
11474       makeMergedDefinitionVisible(TD, FD->getLocation());
11475     makeMergedDefinitionVisible(const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(Definition),
11476                                 FD->getLocation());
11477     return;
11478   }
11479 
11480   if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() &&
11481       Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern)
11482     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline)
11483         << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
11484   else
11485     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName();
11486 
11487   Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
11488   FD->setInvalidDecl();
11489 }
11490 
11491 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator,
11492                                    Sema &S) {
11493   CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent();
11494 
11495   LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope();
11496   LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator;
11497   LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass;
11498   LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType();
11499   const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault();
11500 
11501   if (LCD == LCD_None)
11502     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None;
11503   else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy)
11504     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval;
11505   else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef)
11506     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref;
11507   DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo();
11508 
11509   LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange();
11510   LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst();
11511 
11512   // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already
11513   // captured within tryCaptureVar.
11514   auto I = LambdaClass->field_begin();
11515   for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) {
11516     if (C.capturesVariable()) {
11517       VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar();
11518       if (VD->isInitCapture())
11519         S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD);
11520       QualType CaptureType = VD->getType();
11521       const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef;
11522       LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef,
11523           /*RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture*/true, C.getLocation(),
11524           /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion()
11525                          ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(),
11526           CaptureType, /*Expr*/ nullptr);
11527 
11528     } else if (C.capturesThis()) {
11529       LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(),
11530                               /*Expr*/ nullptr,
11531                               C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_StarThis);
11532     } else {
11533       LSI->addVLATypeCapture(C.getLocation(), I->getType());
11534     }
11535     ++I;
11536   }
11537 }
11538 
11539 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D,
11540                                     SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) {
11541   // Clear the last template instantiation error context.
11542   LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation();
11543 
11544   if (!D)
11545     return D;
11546   FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr;
11547 
11548   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
11549     FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
11550   else
11551     FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
11552 
11553   // See if this is a redefinition.
11554   if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) {
11555     CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, nullptr, SkipBody);
11556 
11557     // If we're skipping the body, we're done. Don't enter the scope.
11558     if (SkipBody && SkipBody->ShouldSkip)
11559       return D;
11560   }
11561 
11562   // Mark this function as "will have a body eventually".  This lets users to
11563   // call e.g. isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible while we're still parsing
11564   // this function.
11565   FD->setWillHaveBody();
11566 
11567   // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push
11568   // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack.  But use the information
11569   // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current
11570   // LambdaScopeInfo.
11571   // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo,
11572   // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try
11573   // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential
11574   // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to
11575   // have the LSI properly restored.
11576   if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) {
11577     assert(ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size() &&
11578       "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack "
11579       "when instantiating a generic lambda!");
11580     RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this);
11581   }
11582   else
11583     // Enter a new function scope
11584     PushFunctionScope();
11585 
11586   // Builtin functions cannot be defined.
11587   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
11588     if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) &&
11589         !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) {
11590       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD;
11591       FD->setInvalidDecl();
11592     }
11593   }
11594 
11595   // The return type of a function definition must be complete
11596   // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6).
11597   QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType();
11598   if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() &&
11599       !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
11600       RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType,
11601                           diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result))
11602     FD->setInvalidDecl();
11603 
11604   if (FnBodyScope)
11605     PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD);
11606 
11607   // Check the validity of our function parameters
11608   CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->parameters(),
11609                            /*CheckParameterNames=*/true);
11610 
11611   // Introduce our parameters into the function scope
11612   for (auto Param : FD->parameters()) {
11613     Param->setOwningFunction(FD);
11614 
11615     // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
11616     if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) {
11617       CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param);
11618 
11619       PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope);
11620     }
11621   }
11622 
11623   // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype,
11624   // introduce them into the function scope.
11625   if (FnBodyScope) {
11626     for (ArrayRef<NamedDecl *>::iterator
11627              I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(),
11628              E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end();
11629          I != E; ++I) {
11630       NamedDecl *D = *I;
11631 
11632       // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the
11633       // translation unit for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove
11634       // from the translation unit and reattach to the current context.
11635       if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) {
11636         // Is the decl actually in the context?
11637         if (Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->containsDecl(D))
11638           Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D);
11639         // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl.
11640         D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
11641       }
11642 
11643       // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope.
11644       if (!D->getName().empty())
11645         PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
11646 
11647       // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them
11648       // accessible in this scope.
11649       if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) {
11650         for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators())
11651           PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
11652       }
11653     }
11654   }
11655 
11656   // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated.
11657   if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
11658     ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT);
11659 
11660   // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions.
11661   if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() &&
11662       !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) {
11663     assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>());
11664     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition);
11665     FD->setInvalidDecl();
11666     return D;
11667   }
11668   // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be
11669   // a function template).
11670   ActOnDocumentableDecl(D);
11671   if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() &&
11672       getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl &&
11673       getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation)
11674     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container);
11675 
11676   return D;
11677 }
11678 
11679 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body,
11680 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value
11681 /// optimization.
11682 ///
11683 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value
11684 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any
11685 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can
11686 /// use the named return value optimization.
11687 ///
11688 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return
11689 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that
11690 /// candidate is an NRVO variable.
11691 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) {
11692   ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data();
11693 
11694   for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) {
11695     if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) {
11696       if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable())
11697         Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr);
11698     }
11699   }
11700 }
11701 
11702 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) {
11703   // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet).
11704   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
11705     return false;
11706 
11707   // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced
11708   // return type (yet).
11709   if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType()) {
11710     // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type,
11711     // we can still delay parsing it.
11712     if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) {
11713       const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1);
11714       if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
11715           Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) {
11716         QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType());
11717         return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType();
11718       }
11719     }
11720     return false;
11721   }
11722 
11723   return true;
11724 }
11725 
11726 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) {
11727   // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is
11728   // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the
11729   // rest of the file.
11730   // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type,
11731   // because any callers of that function need to know the type.
11732   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction())
11733     if (FD->isConstexpr() || FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType())
11734       return false;
11735   return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D);
11736 }
11737 
11738 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) {
11739   if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl))
11740     FD->setHasSkippedBody();
11741   else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl))
11742     MD->setHasSkippedBody();
11743   return Decl;
11744 }
11745 
11746 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) {
11747   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false);
11748 }
11749 
11750 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body,
11751                                     bool IsInstantiation) {
11752   FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr;
11753 
11754   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy();
11755   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr;
11756 
11757   if (getLangOpts().CoroutinesTS && !getCurFunction()->CoroutineStmts.empty())
11758     CheckCompletedCoroutineBody(FD, Body);
11759 
11760   if (FD) {
11761     FD->setBody(Body);
11762 
11763     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) {
11764       if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body && !FD->isDependentContext() &&
11765           FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) {
11766         // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return'
11767         // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and
11768         // the deduced result type is 'void'.
11769         if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) {
11770           Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto)
11771               << FD->getReturnType();
11772           FD->setInvalidDecl();
11773         } else {
11774           // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type.
11775           TypeLoc ResultType = getReturnTypeLoc(FD);
11776           Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType(
11777               FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy));
11778         }
11779       }
11780     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isLambdaCallOperator(FD)) {
11781       // In C++11, we don't use 'auto' deduction rules for lambda call
11782       // operators because we don't support return type deduction.
11783       auto *LSI = getCurLambda();
11784       if (LSI->HasImplicitReturnType) {
11785         deduceClosureReturnType(*LSI);
11786 
11787         // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p4:
11788         //   [...] if there are no return statements in the compound-statement
11789         //   [the deduced type is] the type void
11790         QualType RetType =
11791             LSI->ReturnType.isNull() ? Context.VoidTy : LSI->ReturnType;
11792 
11793         // Update the return type to the deduced type.
11794         const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
11795             FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
11796         FD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(RetType, Proto->getParamTypes(),
11797                                             Proto->getExtProtoInfo()));
11798       }
11799     }
11800 
11801     // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an
11802     // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this
11803     // is the first declaration.
11804     if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) {
11805       if (!FD->isExternallyVisible())
11806         UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD);
11807       else if (FD->isInlined() &&
11808                !LangOpts.GNUInline &&
11809                (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()))
11810         UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD);
11811     }
11812 
11813     // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked,
11814     // don't complain about missing return statements.
11815     if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>())
11816       WP.disableCheckFallThrough();
11817 
11818     // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition,
11819     // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct.
11820     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl())
11821       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition);
11822 
11823     if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
11824       // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions.
11825       if (!FD->isDeleted() && !FD->isDefaulted())
11826         DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->parameters());
11827       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->parameters(),
11828                                              FD->getReturnType(), FD);
11829 
11830       // If this is a structor, we need a vtable.
11831       if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD))
11832         MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent());
11833       else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(FD))
11834         MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Destructor->getParent());
11835 
11836       // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check
11837       // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around
11838       // to deduce an implicit return type.
11839       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() &&
11840           !FD->isDependentContext())
11841         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
11842     }
11843 
11844     // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes:
11845     //   Warn if a global function is defined without a previous
11846     //   prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the
11847     //   definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect
11848     //   global functions that fail to be declared in header files.
11849     const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = nullptr;
11850     if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) {
11851       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD;
11852 
11853       if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) {
11854         // We found a declaration that is not a prototype,
11855         // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype
11856         if (TypeSourceInfo *TI =
11857                 PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) {
11858           TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc();
11859           if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>())
11860             Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(),
11861                  diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype)
11862                 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype
11863                 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void");
11864         }
11865       }
11866     }
11867 
11868     if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
11869       const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunction;
11870       if (MD->isOutOfLine() && (MD = MD->getCanonicalDecl()) &&
11871           MD->isVirtual() &&
11872           (KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent())) &&
11873           MD == KeyFunction->getCanonicalDecl()) {
11874         // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI.
11875         if (FD->isInlined() &&
11876             !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) {
11877           Context.setNonKeyFunction(MD);
11878 
11879           // If the newly-chosen key function is already defined, then we
11880           // need to mark the vtable as used retroactively.
11881           KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent());
11882           const FunctionDecl *Definition;
11883           if (KeyFunction && KeyFunction->isDefined(Definition))
11884             MarkVTableUsed(Definition->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true);
11885         } else {
11886           // We just defined they key function; mark the vtable as used.
11887           MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true);
11888         }
11889       }
11890     }
11891 
11892     assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) &&
11893            "Function parsing confused");
11894   } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
11895     assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused");
11896     MD->setBody(Body);
11897     if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) {
11898       DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->parameters());
11899       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->parameters(),
11900                                              MD->getReturnType(), MD);
11901 
11902       if (Body)
11903         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
11904     }
11905     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) {
11906       Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call)
11907         << MD->getSelector().getAsString();
11908       getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false;
11909     }
11910     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) {
11911       const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr;
11912       bool isDesignated =
11913           MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod);
11914       assert(isDesignated && InitMethod);
11915       (void)isDesignated;
11916 
11917       auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) {
11918         auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
11919         if (!IFace)
11920           return false;
11921         auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass();
11922         if (!SuperD)
11923           return false;
11924         return SuperD->getIdentifier() ==
11925             NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject);
11926       };
11927       // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses
11928       // of NSObject.
11929       if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) {
11930         Diag(MD->getLocation(),
11931              diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call);
11932         Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(),
11933              diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here);
11934       }
11935       getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false;
11936     }
11937     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) {
11938       // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits.
11939       if (!MD->isUnavailable())
11940         Diag(MD->getLocation(),
11941              diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call);
11942       getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false;
11943     }
11944   } else {
11945     return nullptr;
11946   }
11947 
11948   if (Body && getCurFunction()->HasPotentialAvailabilityViolations)
11949     DiagnoseUnguardedAvailabilityViolations(dcl);
11950 
11951   assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper &&
11952          "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been "
11953          "handled in the block above.");
11954 
11955   // Verify and clean out per-function state.
11956   if (Body && (!FD || !FD->isDefaulted())) {
11957     // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return
11958     // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14)
11959     // Verify this.
11960     if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body))
11961       DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body));
11962 
11963     // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally.
11964     if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() &&
11965         !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled())
11966       DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body);
11967 
11968     if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) {
11969       if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType())
11970         CheckDestructor(Destructor);
11971 
11972       MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(),
11973                                              Destructor->getParent());
11974     }
11975 
11976     // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
11977     // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
11978     // deletion in some later function.
11979     if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() ||
11980         getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) {
11981       DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
11982     }
11983     if (!getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() &&
11984         !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
11985       // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are
11986       // enabled.
11987       ActivePolicy = &WP;
11988     }
11989 
11990     if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
11991         (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) ||
11992          !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body)))
11993       FD->setInvalidDecl();
11994 
11995     if (FD && FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) {
11996       for (const Stmt *S : Body->children()) {
11997         // Allow local register variables without initializer as they don't
11998         // require prologue.
11999         bool RegisterVariables = false;
12000         if (auto *DS = dyn_cast<DeclStmt>(S)) {
12001           for (const auto *Decl : DS->decls()) {
12002             if (const auto *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Decl)) {
12003               RegisterVariables =
12004                   Var->hasAttr<AsmLabelAttr>() && !Var->hasInit();
12005               if (!RegisterVariables)
12006                 break;
12007             }
12008           }
12009         }
12010         if (RegisterVariables)
12011           continue;
12012         if (!isa<AsmStmt>(S) && !isa<NullStmt>(S)) {
12013           Diag(S->getLocStart(), diag::err_non_asm_stmt_in_naked_function);
12014           Diag(FD->getAttr<NakedAttr>()->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute);
12015           FD->setInvalidDecl();
12016           break;
12017         }
12018       }
12019     }
12020 
12021     assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() ==
12022                ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects &&
12023            "Leftover temporaries in function");
12024     assert(!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() && "Unaccounted cleanups in function");
12025     assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() &&
12026            "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking");
12027   }
12028 
12029   if (!IsInstantiation)
12030     PopDeclContext();
12031 
12032   PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl);
12033   // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
12034   // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
12035   // deletion in some later function.
12036   if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) {
12037     DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
12038   }
12039 
12040   return dcl;
12041 }
12042 
12043 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the
12044 /// relevant Decl.
12045 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D,
12046                                        ParsedAttributes &Attrs) {
12047   // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl.
12048   if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
12049     D = TD->getTemplatedDecl();
12050   ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList());
12051 
12052   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
12053     if (Method->isStatic())
12054       checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method);
12055 }
12056 
12057 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function
12058 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2).
12059 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc,
12060                                           IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
12061   // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined
12062   // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of
12063   // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that
12064   // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it.
12065   if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) {
12066     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev;
12067     Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
12068     return ExternCPrev;
12069   }
12070 
12071   // Extension in C99.  Legal in C90, but warn about it.
12072   unsigned diag_id;
12073   if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_"))
12074     diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown;
12075   else if (getLangOpts().C99)
12076     diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl;
12077   else
12078     diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl;
12079   Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II;
12080 
12081   // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit
12082   // function declaration is going to be treated as an error.
12083   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) {
12084     TypoCorrection Corrected;
12085     if (S &&
12086         (Corrected = CorrectTypo(
12087              DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, nullptr,
12088              llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl>>(), CTK_NonError)))
12089       diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion),
12090                    /*ErrorRecovery*/false);
12091   }
12092 
12093   // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo();
12094   const char *Dummy;
12095   AttributeFactory attrFactory;
12096   DeclSpec DS(attrFactory);
12097   unsigned DiagID;
12098   bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID,
12099                                   Context.getPrintingPolicy());
12100   (void)Error; // Silence warning.
12101   assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!");
12102   SourceLocation NoLoc;
12103   Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext);
12104   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false,
12105                                              /*IsAmbiguous=*/false,
12106                                              /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
12107                                              /*Params=*/nullptr,
12108                                              /*NumParams=*/0,
12109                                              /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc,
12110                                              /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
12111                                              /*TypeQuals=*/0,
12112                                              /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true,
12113                                              /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
12114                                              /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
12115                                              /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
12116                                              /*RestrictQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
12117                                              /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc,
12118                                              EST_None,
12119                                              /*ESpecRange=*/SourceRange(),
12120                                              /*Exceptions=*/nullptr,
12121                                              /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr,
12122                                              /*NumExceptions=*/0,
12123                                              /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr,
12124                                              /*ExceptionSpecTokens=*/nullptr,
12125                                              Loc, Loc, D),
12126                 DS.getAttributes(),
12127                 SourceLocation());
12128   D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc);
12129 
12130   // Insert this function into translation-unit scope.
12131 
12132   DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext;
12133   CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
12134 
12135   FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D));
12136   FD->setImplicit();
12137 
12138   CurContext = PrevDC;
12139 
12140   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD);
12141 
12142   return FD;
12143 }
12144 
12145 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on
12146 /// the declaration of this function.
12147 ///
12148 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins
12149 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions
12150 /// like NSLog or printf.
12151 ///
12152 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written
12153 /// attributes are applied to declarations.
12154 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) {
12155   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
12156     return;
12157 
12158   // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to
12159   // actual attributes.
12160   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
12161     // Handle printf-formatting attributes.
12162     unsigned FormatIdx;
12163     bool HasVAListArg;
12164     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) {
12165       if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) {
12166         const char *fmt = "printf";
12167         unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams();
12168         if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf)
12169             FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType())
12170           fmt = "NSString";
12171         FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
12172                                                &Context.Idents.get(fmt),
12173                                                FormatIdx+1,
12174                                                HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2,
12175                                                FD->getLocation()));
12176       }
12177     }
12178     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx,
12179                                              HasVAListArg)) {
12180      if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>())
12181        FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
12182                                               &Context.Idents.get("scanf"),
12183                                               FormatIdx+1,
12184                                               HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2,
12185                                               FD->getLocation()));
12186     }
12187 
12188     // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only
12189     // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows
12190     // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions.
12191     if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno &&
12192         Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) {
12193       if (!FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>())
12194         FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
12195     }
12196 
12197     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) &&
12198         !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>())
12199       FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
12200                                          FD->getLocation()));
12201     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>())
12202       FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
12203     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPure(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<PureAttr>())
12204       FD->addAttr(PureAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
12205     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>())
12206       FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
12207     if (getLangOpts().CUDA && Context.BuiltinInfo.isTSBuiltin(BuiltinID) &&
12208         !FD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() && !FD->hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>()) {
12209       // Add the appropriate attribute, depending on the CUDA compilation mode
12210       // and which target the builtin belongs to. For example, during host
12211       // compilation, aux builtins are __device__, while the rest are __host__.
12212       if (getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice !=
12213           Context.BuiltinInfo.isAuxBuiltinID(BuiltinID))
12214         FD->addAttr(CUDADeviceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
12215       else
12216         FD->addAttr(CUDAHostAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
12217     }
12218   }
12219 
12220   // If C++ exceptions are enabled but we are told extern "C" functions cannot
12221   // throw, add an implicit nothrow attribute to any extern "C" function we come
12222   // across.
12223   if (getLangOpts().CXXExceptions && getLangOpts().ExternCNoUnwind &&
12224       FD->isExternC() && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) {
12225     const auto *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
12226     if (!FPT || FPT->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None)
12227       FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
12228   }
12229 
12230   IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier();
12231   if (!Name)
12232     return;
12233   if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
12234        FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) ||
12235       (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) &&
12236        cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() ==
12237        LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) {
12238     // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know
12239     // about.
12240   } else
12241     return;
12242 
12243   if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) {
12244     // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be
12245     // target-specific builtins, perhaps?
12246     if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>())
12247       FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
12248                                              &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2,
12249                                              Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3,
12250                                              FD->getLocation()));
12251   }
12252 
12253   if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) {
12254     // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString,
12255     // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that.
12256     if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>())
12257       FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 1,
12258                                                 FD->getLocation()));
12259   }
12260 }
12261 
12262 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
12263                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
12264   assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator");
12265   assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type");
12266 
12267   if (!TInfo) {
12268     assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type");
12269     TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
12270   }
12271 
12272   // Scope manipulation handled by caller.
12273   TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
12274                                            D.getLocStart(),
12275                                            D.getIdentifierLoc(),
12276                                            D.getIdentifier(),
12277                                            TInfo);
12278 
12279   // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration.
12280   if (D.isInvalidType()) {
12281     NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
12282     return NewTD;
12283   }
12284 
12285   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
12286     if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
12287       Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
12288         << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName()
12289         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
12290         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
12291     else
12292       NewTD->setModulePrivate();
12293   }
12294 
12295   // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8:
12296   //   If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or
12297   //   enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration
12298   //   to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the
12299   //   class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only.
12300   // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration.
12301   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) {
12302   case TST_enum:
12303   case TST_struct:
12304   case TST_interface:
12305   case TST_union:
12306   case TST_class: {
12307     TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl());
12308     setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(tagFromDeclSpec, NewTD);
12309     break;
12310   }
12311 
12312   default:
12313     break;
12314   }
12315 
12316   return NewTD;
12317 }
12318 
12319 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration.
12320 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) {
12321   SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
12322   QualType T = TI->getType();
12323 
12324   if (T->isDependentType())
12325     return false;
12326 
12327   if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>())
12328     if (BT->isInteger())
12329       return false;
12330 
12331   Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T;
12332   return true;
12333 }
12334 
12335 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration.
12336 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid.
12337 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(
12338     SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, QualType EnumUnderlyingTy,
12339     bool EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit, const EnumDecl *Prev) {
12340   bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull();
12341 
12342   if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) {
12343     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch)
12344       << Prev->isScoped();
12345     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
12346     return true;
12347   }
12348 
12349   if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) {
12350     if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() &&
12351         !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() &&
12352         !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy,
12353                                         Prev->getIntegerType())) {
12354       // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration.
12355       Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch)
12356         << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType();
12357       Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration)
12358           << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange();
12359       return true;
12360     }
12361   } else if (IsFixed && !Prev->isFixed() && EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit) {
12362     ;
12363   } else if (!IsFixed && Prev->isFixed() && !Prev->getIntegerTypeSourceInfo()) {
12364     ;
12365   } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) {
12366     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch)
12367       << Prev->isFixed();
12368     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
12369     return true;
12370   }
12371 
12372   return false;
12373 }
12374 
12375 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for
12376 /// redeclaration diagnostic message.
12377 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only!
12378 ///
12379 /// \returns diagnostic %select index.
12380 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) {
12381   switch (Tag) {
12382   case TTK_Struct: return 0;
12383   case TTK_Interface: return 1;
12384   case TTK_Class:  return 2;
12385   default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!");
12386   }
12387 }
12388 
12389 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with
12390 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface).
12391 ///
12392 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible.
12393 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag)
12394 {
12395   return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface;
12396 }
12397 
12398 Sema::NonTagKind Sema::getNonTagTypeDeclKind(const Decl *PrevDecl) {
12399   if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl))
12400     return NTK_Typedef;
12401   else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl))
12402     return NTK_TypeAlias;
12403   else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl))
12404     return NTK_Template;
12405   else if (isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl))
12406     return NTK_TypeAliasTemplate;
12407   else if (isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(PrevDecl))
12408     return NTK_TemplateTemplateArgument;
12409   return NTK_Unknown;
12410 }
12411 
12412 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable
12413 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration.
12414 ///
12415 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise.
12416 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
12417                                         TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
12418                                         SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
12419                                         const IdentifierInfo *Name) {
12420   // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3:
12421   //   The class-key or enum keyword present in the
12422   //   elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the
12423   //   declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier
12424   //   refers. This rule also applies to the form of
12425   //   elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or
12426   //   friend class since it can be construed as referring to the
12427   //   definition of the class. Thus, in any
12428   //   elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to
12429   //   refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be
12430   //   used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or
12431   //   struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9)
12432   //   declared using the class or struct class-key.
12433   TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind();
12434   if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag))
12435     if (OldTag == NewTag)
12436       return true;
12437 
12438   if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) {
12439     // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch.
12440     bool isTemplate = false;
12441     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous))
12442       isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate();
12443 
12444     if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
12445       // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches
12446       // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem.
12447       Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
12448         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name
12449         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
12450       return true;
12451     }
12452 
12453     if (isDefinition) {
12454       // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each
12455       // one that doesn't match the current tag.
12456       if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
12457         // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions.
12458         return true;
12459       }
12460 
12461       bool previousMismatch = false;
12462       for (auto I : Previous->redecls()) {
12463         if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) {
12464           if (!previousMismatch) {
12465             previousMismatch = true;
12466             Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch)
12467               << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name
12468               << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind());
12469           }
12470           Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
12471             << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag)
12472             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(),
12473                  TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag));
12474         }
12475       }
12476       return true;
12477     }
12478 
12479     // Check for a previous definition.  If current tag and definition
12480     // are same type, do nothing.  If no definition, but disagree with
12481     // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it.
12482     const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ?
12483                             Previous->getDefinition() : Previous;
12484     if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) {
12485       return true;
12486     }
12487 
12488     Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
12489       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name
12490       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
12491     Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
12492 
12493     // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it.
12494     if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
12495         Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
12496           << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind())
12497           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc),
12498                TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind()));
12499     }
12500 
12501     return true;
12502   }
12503   return false;
12504 }
12505 
12506 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name
12507 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration.
12508 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet:
12509 ///   namespace N {
12510 ///     struct X;
12511 ///     namespace M {
12512 ///       struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; };
12513 ///     }
12514 ///   }
12515 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S,
12516                                          SourceLocation NameLoc) {
12517   // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see
12518   // if we get the same namespace back.  If we do not, continue until
12519   // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS.
12520   SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces;
12521   DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
12522   for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) {
12523     // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by
12524     // other namespaces.  Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain.
12525     NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC);
12526     if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace())
12527       return FixItHint();
12528     IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier();
12529     Namespaces.push_back(II);
12530     NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName(
12531         S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName);
12532     if (Lookup == Namespace)
12533       break;
12534   }
12535 
12536   // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and
12537   // build an NNS.
12538   SmallString<64> Insertion;
12539   llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion);
12540   if (DC->isTranslationUnit())
12541     OS << "::";
12542   std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end());
12543   for (auto *II : Namespaces)
12544     OS << II->getName() << "::";
12545   return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion);
12546 }
12547 
12548 /// \brief Determine whether a tag originally declared in context \p OldDC can
12549 /// be redeclared with an unqualfied name in \p NewDC (assuming name lookup
12550 /// found a declaration in \p OldDC as a previous decl, perhaps through a
12551 /// using-declaration).
12552 static bool isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(Sema &S, DeclContext *OldDC,
12553                                          DeclContext *NewDC) {
12554   OldDC = OldDC->getRedeclContext();
12555   NewDC = NewDC->getRedeclContext();
12556 
12557   if (OldDC->Equals(NewDC))
12558     return true;
12559 
12560   // In MSVC mode, we allow a redeclaration if the contexts are related (either
12561   // encloses the other).
12562   if (S.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat &&
12563       (OldDC->Encloses(NewDC) || NewDC->Encloses(OldDC)))
12564     return true;
12565 
12566   return false;
12567 }
12568 
12569 /// Find the DeclContext in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an
12570 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds
12571 /// nothing.
12572 static DeclContext *getTagInjectionContext(DeclContext *DC) {
12573   while (!DC->isFileContext() && !DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
12574     DC = DC->getParent();
12575   return DC;
12576 }
12577 
12578 /// Find the Scope in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an
12579 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds
12580 /// nothing.
12581 static Scope *getTagInjectionScope(Scope *S, const LangOptions &LangOpts) {
12582   while (S->isClassScope() ||
12583          (LangOpts.CPlusPlus &&
12584           S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) ||
12585          ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
12586          (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()))
12587     S = S->getParent();
12588   return S;
12589 }
12590 
12591 /// \brief This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'.  In the
12592 /// former case, Name will be non-null.  In the later case, Name will be null.
12593 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a
12594 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag.
12595 ///
12596 /// \param IsTypeSpecifier \c true if this is a type-specifier (or
12597 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration.
12598 ///
12599 /// \param SkipBody If non-null, will be set to indicate if the caller should
12600 /// skip the definition of this tag and treat it as if it were a declaration.
12601 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
12602                      SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
12603                      IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
12604                      AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS,
12605                      SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
12606                      MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
12607                      bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
12608                      SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
12609                      bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag,
12610                      TypeResult UnderlyingType,
12611                      bool IsTypeSpecifier, SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) {
12612   // If this is not a definition, it must have a name.
12613   IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name;
12614   assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) &&
12615          "Nameless record must be a definition!");
12616   assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference);
12617 
12618   OwnedDecl = false;
12619   TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec);
12620   bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid();
12621 
12622   // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully.
12623   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
12624   bool Invalid = false;
12625 
12626   // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters
12627   // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work
12628   // for non-C++ cases.
12629   if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 ||
12630       (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) {
12631     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
12632             MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
12633                 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists,
12634                 TUK == TUK_Friend, isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) {
12635       if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
12636         Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template);
12637         return nullptr;
12638       }
12639 
12640       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
12641         // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may
12642         // be a member of another template).
12643 
12644         if (Invalid)
12645           return nullptr;
12646 
12647         OwnedDecl = false;
12648         DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc,
12649                                                SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr,
12650                                                TemplateParams, AS,
12651                                                ModulePrivateLoc,
12652                                                /*FriendLoc*/SourceLocation(),
12653                                                TemplateParameterLists.size()-1,
12654                                                TemplateParameterLists.data(),
12655                                                SkipBody);
12656         return Result.get();
12657       } else {
12658         // The "template<>" header is extraneous.
12659         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams)
12660           << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name;
12661         isExplicitSpecialization = true;
12662       }
12663     }
12664   }
12665 
12666   // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do
12667   // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible
12668   // redeclaration.
12669   llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying;
12670   bool EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit = false;
12671 
12672   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
12673     if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum))
12674       // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the
12675       // type, default to int.
12676       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
12677     else if (UnderlyingType.get()) {
12678       // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an
12679       // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored.
12680       TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr;
12681       GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI);
12682       EnumUnderlying = TI;
12683 
12684       if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI))
12685         // Recover by falling back to int.
12686         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
12687 
12688       if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI,
12689                                           UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType))
12690         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
12691 
12692     } else if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
12693       if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat || TUK == TUK_Definition) {
12694         // Microsoft enums are always of int type.
12695         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
12696         EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit = true;
12697       }
12698     }
12699   }
12700 
12701   DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext;
12702   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
12703   bool isStdBadAlloc = false;
12704   bool isStdAlignValT = false;
12705 
12706   RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration;
12707   if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference)
12708     Redecl = NotForRedeclaration;
12709 
12710   LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl);
12711   if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) {
12712     // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar').
12713 
12714     // Check for invalid 'foo::'.
12715     if (SS.isInvalid()) {
12716       Name = nullptr;
12717       goto CreateNewDecl;
12718     }
12719 
12720     // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent
12721     // context, don't try to make a decl for it.
12722     if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
12723       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false);
12724       if (!DC) {
12725         IsDependent = true;
12726         return nullptr;
12727       }
12728     } else {
12729       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true);
12730       if (!DC) {
12731         Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec)
12732           << SS.getRange();
12733         return nullptr;
12734       }
12735     }
12736 
12737     if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC))
12738       return nullptr;
12739 
12740     SearchDC = DC;
12741     // Look-up name inside 'foo::'.
12742     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
12743 
12744     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
12745       return nullptr;
12746 
12747     if (Previous.empty()) {
12748       // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the
12749       // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation,
12750       // and that current instantiation has any dependent base
12751       // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat
12752       // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier.
12753       // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups.
12754       if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() &&
12755           (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
12756         IsDependent = true;
12757         return nullptr;
12758       }
12759 
12760       // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist.
12761       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope)
12762         << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange();
12763       Name = nullptr;
12764       Invalid = true;
12765       goto CreateNewDecl;
12766     }
12767   } else if (Name) {
12768     // C++14 [class.mem]p14:
12769     //   If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
12770     //   name different from T:
12771     //    -- every member of class T that is itself a type
12772     if (TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend &&
12773         DiagnoseClassNameShadow(SearchDC, DeclarationNameInfo(Name, NameLoc)))
12774       return nullptr;
12775 
12776     // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward
12777     // declaration or definition.
12778     // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we
12779     // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we
12780     // shouldn't be diagnosing.
12781     LookupName(Previous, S);
12782 
12783     // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced
12784     // by types using'ed into this scope.
12785     if (Previous.isAmbiguous() &&
12786         (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) {
12787       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
12788       while (F.hasNext()) {
12789         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
12790         if (!ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
12791                 SearchDC->getRedeclContext()))
12792           F.erase();
12793       }
12794       F.done();
12795     }
12796 
12797     // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3:
12798     //   If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor
12799     //   a template-id and the declaration is a function or an
12800     //   elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether
12801     //   the entity has been previously declared shall not consider
12802     //   any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace.
12803     //
12804     // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag
12805     // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing
12806     // scope.  They do implement this rule for friend functions.
12807     //
12808     // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by
12809     // semantic context?
12810     if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) {
12811       DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
12812       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
12813       bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false;
12814       while (F.hasNext()) {
12815         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
12816         DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
12817         if (DC->isFileContext() &&
12818             !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) {
12819           if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
12820             FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true;
12821           else
12822             F.erase();
12823         }
12824       }
12825       F.done();
12826 
12827       // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have
12828       // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace.
12829       if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) {
12830         NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl();
12831         Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace)
12832             << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc);
12833       }
12834     }
12835 
12836     // Note:  there used to be some attempt at recovery here.
12837     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
12838       return nullptr;
12839 
12840     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) {
12841       // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated
12842       // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching
12843       // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak
12844       // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this?
12845       while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC))
12846         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
12847     }
12848   }
12849 
12850   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
12851       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
12852     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
12853     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl());
12854     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
12855     Previous.clear();
12856   }
12857 
12858   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace &&
12859       DC->Equals(getStdNamespace())) {
12860     if (Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) {
12861       // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc".
12862       isStdBadAlloc = true;
12863 
12864       // If std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to
12865       // name lookup), fill in this implicit declaration as the previous
12866       // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately.
12867       if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc)
12868         Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc());
12869     } else if (Name->isStr("align_val_t")) {
12870       isStdAlignValT = true;
12871       if (Previous.empty() && StdAlignValT)
12872         Previous.addDecl(getStdAlignValT());
12873     }
12874   }
12875 
12876   // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference
12877   // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope.  In C++, we
12878   // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case
12879   // there's a shadow friend decl.
12880   if (Name && Previous.empty() &&
12881       (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
12882     if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl;
12883     assert(SS.isEmpty());
12884 
12885     if (TUK == TUK_Reference) {
12886       // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5:
12887       //   -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form
12888       //
12889       //          class-key identifier
12890       //
12891       //      if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the
12892       //      decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a
12893       //      function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is
12894       //      declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains
12895       //      the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend
12896       //      declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest
12897       //      non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the
12898       //      declaration.
12899       //
12900       // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for
12901       // C structs and unions.
12902       //
12903       // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum
12904       // type, including via an elaborated type specifier.  We'll
12905       // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same
12906       // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type.
12907       //
12908       // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete
12909       // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not.
12910       //
12911       // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag.
12912       // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the
12913       // lexical context,
12914       SearchDC = getTagInjectionContext(SearchDC);
12915 
12916       // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag.
12917       S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts());
12918     } else {
12919       assert(TUK == TUK_Friend);
12920       // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3:
12921       //   If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a
12922       //   class or function, the friend class or function is a member of
12923       //   the innermost enclosing namespace.
12924       SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
12925     }
12926 
12927     // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly
12928     // diagnose some problems.
12929     // FIXME: redeclaration lookup is also used (with and without C++) to find a
12930     // hidden declaration so that we don't get ambiguity errors when using a
12931     // type declared by an elaborated-type-specifier.  In C that is not correct
12932     // and we should instead merge compatible types found by lookup.
12933     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12934       Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration);
12935       LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC);
12936     } else {
12937       Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration);
12938       LookupName(Previous, S);
12939     }
12940   }
12941 
12942   // If we have a known previous declaration to use, then use it.
12943   if (Previous.empty() && SkipBody && SkipBody->Previous)
12944     Previous.addDecl(SkipBody->Previous);
12945 
12946   if (!Previous.empty()) {
12947     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
12948     NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
12949 
12950     // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef
12951     // which hides a tag decl in the same scope.  Finding this
12952     // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen
12953     // in C++.
12954     //
12955     // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is
12956     // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is
12957     // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue;
12958     // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407
12959     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12960       if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
12961         if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) {
12962           TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
12963           if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name &&
12964               Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()
12965                           ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) {
12966             PrevDecl = Tag;
12967             Previous.clear();
12968             Previous.addDecl(Tag);
12969             Previous.resolveKind();
12970           }
12971         }
12972       }
12973     }
12974 
12975     // If this is a redeclaration of a using shadow declaration, it must
12976     // declare a tag in the same context. In MSVC mode, we allow a
12977     // redefinition if either context is within the other.
12978     if (auto *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(DirectPrevDecl)) {
12979       auto *OldTag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl);
12980       if (SS.isEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend &&
12981           isDeclInScope(Shadow, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization) &&
12982           !(OldTag && isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(
12983                           *this, OldTag->getDeclContext(), SearchDC))) {
12984         Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse);
12985         Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
12986              diag::note_using_decl_target);
12987         Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl)
12988             << 0;
12989         // Recover by ignoring the old declaration.
12990         Previous.clear();
12991         goto CreateNewDecl;
12992       }
12993     }
12994 
12995     if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
12996       // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared
12997       // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or
12998       // rementions the tag), reuse the decl.
12999       if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend ||
13000           isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
13001                         SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) {
13002         // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a
13003         // struct or something similar.
13004         if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind,
13005                                           TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc,
13006                                           Name)) {
13007           bool SafeToContinue
13008             = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum &&
13009                Kind != TTK_Enum);
13010           if (SafeToContinue)
13011             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag)
13012               << Name
13013               << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc),
13014                                               PrevTagDecl->getKindName());
13015           else
13016             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name;
13017           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
13018 
13019           if (SafeToContinue)
13020             Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind();
13021           else {
13022             // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition.
13023             Name = nullptr;
13024             Previous.clear();
13025             Invalid = true;
13026           }
13027         }
13028 
13029         if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) {
13030           const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl);
13031 
13032           // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration,
13033           // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted.
13034           if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
13035             if (ScopedEnum)
13036               Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference)
13037                 << PrevEnum->isScoped()
13038                 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc);
13039             return PrevTagDecl;
13040           }
13041 
13042           QualType EnumUnderlyingTy;
13043           if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
13044             EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
13045           else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>())
13046             EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0);
13047 
13048           // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by
13049           // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition,
13050           // in which case we want the caller to bail out.
13051           if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc,
13052                                      ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy,
13053                                      EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit, PrevEnum))
13054             return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr;
13055         }
13056 
13057         // C++11 [class.mem]p1:
13058         //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification,
13059         //   except that a nested class or member class template can be declared
13060         //   and then later defined.
13061         if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() &&
13062             S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
13063           Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared);
13064           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
13065         }
13066 
13067         if (!Invalid) {
13068           // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless
13069           // we have attributes.
13070           if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
13071             if (Attr) {
13072               // FIXME: Diagnose these attributes. For now, we create a new
13073               // declaration to hold them.
13074             } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference &&
13075                        (PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() ==
13076                             Decl::FOK_Undeclared ||
13077                         PP.getModuleContainingLocation(
13078                             PrevDecl->getLocation()) !=
13079                             PP.getModuleContainingLocation(KWLoc)) &&
13080                        SS.isEmpty()) {
13081               // This declaration is a reference to an existing entity, but
13082               // has different visibility from that entity: it either makes
13083               // a friend visible or it makes a type visible in a new module.
13084               // In either case, create a new declaration. We only do this if
13085               // the declaration would have meant the same thing if no prior
13086               // declaration were found, that is, if it was found in the same
13087               // scope where we would have injected a declaration.
13088               if (!getTagInjectionContext(CurContext)->getRedeclContext()
13089                        ->Equals(PrevDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()))
13090                 return PrevTagDecl;
13091               // This is in the injected scope, create a new declaration in
13092               // that scope.
13093               S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts());
13094             } else {
13095               return PrevTagDecl;
13096             }
13097           }
13098 
13099           // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag.
13100           if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
13101             if (NamedDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) {
13102               // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition
13103               // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error
13104               // here; we'll catch this in the general case below.
13105               bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false;
13106               if (isExplicitSpecialization) {
13107                 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def))
13108                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
13109                     RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
13110                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
13111                 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def))
13112                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
13113                     ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
13114                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
13115               }
13116 
13117               NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr;
13118               if (SkipBody && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
13119                   !hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden)) {
13120                 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. We
13121                 // explicitly make use of C++'s one definition rule here, and
13122                 // assume that this definition is identical to the hidden one
13123                 // we already have. Make the existing definition visible and
13124                 // use it in place of this one.
13125                 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true;
13126                 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, KWLoc);
13127                 return Def;
13128               } else if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) {
13129                 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't
13130                 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning.
13131                 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope())
13132                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name;
13133                 else
13134                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name;
13135                 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
13136                 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this
13137                 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later
13138                 // references get the previous definition.
13139                 Name = nullptr;
13140                 Previous.clear();
13141                 Invalid = true;
13142               }
13143             } else {
13144               // If the type is currently being defined, complain
13145               // about a nested redefinition.
13146               auto *TD = Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)->getAsTagDecl();
13147               if (TD->isBeingDefined()) {
13148                 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name;
13149                 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(),
13150                      diag::note_previous_definition);
13151                 Name = nullptr;
13152                 Previous.clear();
13153                 Invalid = true;
13154               }
13155             }
13156 
13157             // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced
13158             // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it.
13159           }
13160 
13161           // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration.  If this is some kind
13162           // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC
13163           // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier.
13164           if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
13165             SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext();
13166             AS = AS_none;
13167           }
13168         }
13169         // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we
13170         // have a definition.  Just create a new decl.
13171 
13172       } else {
13173         // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested
13174         // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a
13175         // new decl/type.  We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities
13176         // have distinct types.
13177         Previous.clear();
13178       }
13179       // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl
13180       // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by
13181       // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition.
13182 
13183     // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag
13184     // lookup.  This is only actually possible in C++, where a few
13185     // things like templates still live in the tag namespace.
13186     } else {
13187       // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier
13188       // found the wrong kind of type on the first
13189       // (non-redeclaration) lookup.
13190       if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) &&
13191           !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) {
13192         NonTagKind NTK = getNonTagTypeDeclKind(PrevDecl);
13193         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << NTK;
13194         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
13195         Invalid = true;
13196 
13197       // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope.
13198       } else if (!isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
13199                                 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) {
13200         // do nothing
13201 
13202       // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types.
13203       } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
13204         NonTagKind NTK = getNonTagTypeDeclKind(PrevDecl);
13205         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << NTK;
13206         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
13207         Invalid = true;
13208 
13209       // Otherwise it's a declaration.  Call out a particularly common
13210       // case here.
13211       } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
13212         unsigned Kind = 0;
13213         if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
13214         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef)
13215           << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType();
13216         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
13217         Invalid = true;
13218 
13219       // Otherwise, diagnose.
13220       } else {
13221         // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope,
13222         // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous.
13223         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name;
13224         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
13225         Name = nullptr;
13226         Invalid = true;
13227       }
13228 
13229       // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a
13230       // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration.
13231       Previous.clear();
13232     }
13233   }
13234 
13235 CreateNewDecl:
13236 
13237   TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr;
13238   if (Previous.isSingleResult())
13239     PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
13240 
13241   // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the
13242   // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union
13243   // keyword.
13244   SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc;
13245 
13246   // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous
13247   // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via
13248   // PrevDecl.
13249   TagDecl *New;
13250 
13251   bool IsForwardReference = false;
13252   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
13253     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
13254     // enum X { A, B, C } D;    D should chain to X.
13255     New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
13256                            cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum,
13257                            ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull());
13258 
13259     if (isStdAlignValT && (!StdAlignValT || getStdAlignValT()->isImplicit()))
13260       StdAlignValT = cast<EnumDecl>(New);
13261 
13262     // If this is an undefined enum, warn.
13263     if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) {
13264       TagDecl *Def;
13265       if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) &&
13266           cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) {
13267         // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration.
13268         // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing.
13269       }
13270       else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) {
13271         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def)
13272           << New;
13273         Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
13274       } else {
13275         unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum;
13276         if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
13277           DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum;
13278         else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13279           DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum;
13280         Diag(Loc, DiagID);
13281 
13282         // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a
13283         // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into
13284         // the declaration context.
13285         if (TUK == TUK_Reference)
13286           IsForwardReference = true;
13287       }
13288     }
13289 
13290     if (EnumUnderlying) {
13291       EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New);
13292       if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
13293         ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI);
13294       else
13295         ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0));
13296       ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType());
13297     }
13298   } else {
13299     // struct/union/class
13300 
13301     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
13302     // struct X { int A; } D;    D should chain to X.
13303     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
13304       // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs.
13305       New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
13306                                   cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
13307 
13308       if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit()))
13309         StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New);
13310     } else
13311       New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
13312                                cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
13313   }
13314 
13315   // C++11 [dcl.type]p3:
13316   //   A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...].
13317   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && IsTypeSpecifier && TUK == TUK_Definition) {
13318     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier)
13319       << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
13320     Invalid = true;
13321   }
13322 
13323   // Maybe add qualifier info.
13324   if (SS.isNotEmpty()) {
13325     if (SS.isSet()) {
13326       // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the
13327       // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this
13328       // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking
13329       // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to
13330       // CheckMemberSpecialization, below.
13331       if (!isExplicitSpecialization &&
13332           (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) &&
13333           diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, Loc))
13334         Invalid = true;
13335 
13336       New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
13337       if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) {
13338         New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParameterLists);
13339       }
13340     }
13341     else
13342       Invalid = true;
13343   }
13344 
13345   if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) {
13346     // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when
13347     // the ASTContext lays out the structure.
13348     //
13349     // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this
13350     // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is
13351     // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at
13352     // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because
13353     // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the
13354     // parsing of the struct).
13355     if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
13356       AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD);
13357       AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD);
13358     }
13359   }
13360 
13361   if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) {
13362     if (isExplicitSpecialization)
13363       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
13364         << 2
13365         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
13366     // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only
13367     // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are
13368     // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__.
13369     else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
13370       New->setModulePrivate();
13371   }
13372 
13373   // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template),
13374   // check the specialization.
13375   if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous))
13376     Invalid = true;
13377 
13378   // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C,
13379   // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to
13380   // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope.
13381   if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) &&
13382       getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) {
13383     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
13384       // C++ [dcl.fct]p6:
13385       //   Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types.
13386       if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) {
13387         Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type)
13388             << Name;
13389         Invalid = true;
13390       }
13391     } else if (!PrevDecl) {
13392       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
13393     }
13394     DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New);
13395   }
13396 
13397   if (Invalid)
13398     New->setInvalidDecl();
13399 
13400   if (Attr)
13401     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
13402 
13403   // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the
13404   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
13405   New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
13406 
13407   // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable.
13408   // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward
13409   // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make
13410   // the tag name visible.
13411   if (TUK == TUK_Friend)
13412     New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat);
13413 
13414   // Set the access specifier.
13415   if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord())
13416     SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS);
13417 
13418   if (TUK == TUK_Definition)
13419     New->startDefinition();
13420 
13421   // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
13422   if (TUK == TUK_Friend) {
13423     // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables;
13424     // if so, borrow its access specifier.
13425     if (PrevDecl)
13426       New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess());
13427 
13428     DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
13429     DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
13430     if (Name) // can be null along some error paths
13431       if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC))
13432         PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false);
13433   } else if (Name) {
13434     S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
13435     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference);
13436     if (IsForwardReference)
13437       SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
13438   } else {
13439     CurContext->addDecl(New);
13440   }
13441 
13442   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
13443   if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier())
13444     if (!New->isInvalidDecl() &&
13445         New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
13446         II->isStr("FILE"))
13447       Context.setFILEDecl(New);
13448 
13449   if (PrevDecl)
13450     mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl);
13451 
13452   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
13453   // record.
13454   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New);
13455 
13456   OwnedDecl = true;
13457   // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from
13458   // the cases where we make the type anonymous.
13459   if (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
13460     if (New->isBeingDefined())
13461       if (auto RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New))
13462         RD->completeDefinition();
13463     return nullptr;
13464   } else {
13465     return New;
13466   }
13467 }
13468 
13469 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
13470   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
13471   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
13472 
13473   // Enter the tag context.
13474   PushDeclContext(S, Tag);
13475 
13476   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
13477 
13478   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
13479   // record.
13480   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag);
13481 }
13482 
13483 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) {
13484   assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) &&
13485          "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl");
13486   DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl);
13487   assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext &&
13488       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
13489   CurContext = OCD;
13490   return IDecl;
13491 }
13492 
13493 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
13494                                            SourceLocation FinalLoc,
13495                                            bool IsFinalSpelledSealed,
13496                                            SourceLocation LBraceLoc) {
13497   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
13498   CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD);
13499 
13500   FieldCollector->StartClass();
13501 
13502   if (!Record->getIdentifier())
13503     return;
13504 
13505   if (FinalLoc.isValid())
13506     Record->addAttr(new (Context)
13507                     FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed));
13508 
13509   // C++ [class]p2:
13510   //   [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the
13511   //   class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For
13512   //   purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated
13513   //   as if it were a public member name.
13514   CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName
13515     = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext,
13516                             Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(),
13517                             Record->getIdentifier(),
13518                             /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr,
13519                             /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true);
13520   Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record);
13521   InjectedClassName->setImplicit();
13522   InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public);
13523   if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate())
13524       InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template);
13525   PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S);
13526   assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() &&
13527          "Broken injected-class-name");
13528 }
13529 
13530 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
13531                                     SourceRange BraceRange) {
13532   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
13533   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
13534   Tag->setBraceRange(BraceRange);
13535 
13536   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
13537   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
13538     assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it");
13539     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
13540       RD->completeDefinition();
13541   }
13542 
13543   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag))
13544     FieldCollector->FinishClass();
13545 
13546   // Exit this scope of this tag's definition.
13547   PopDeclContext();
13548 
13549   if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() &&
13550       Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
13551     Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
13552 
13553   // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag.
13554   if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl())
13555     Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag);
13556 }
13557 
13558 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() {
13559   // Exit this scope of this interface definition.
13560   PopDeclContext();
13561 }
13562 
13563 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
13564   assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts");
13565   OriginalLexicalContext = DC;
13566   ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
13567 }
13568 
13569 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
13570   ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC));
13571   OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr;
13572 }
13573 
13574 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
13575   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
13576   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
13577   Tag->setInvalidDecl();
13578 
13579   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
13580   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
13581     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
13582       RD->completeDefinition();
13583   }
13584 
13585   // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not
13586   // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with
13587   // the FieldCollector.
13588 
13589   PopDeclContext();
13590 }
13591 
13592 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields.
13593 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc,
13594                                 IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
13595                                 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct,
13596                                 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) {
13597   // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness
13598   if (ZeroWidth)
13599     *ZeroWidth = true;
13600 
13601   // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type.
13602   // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type.
13603   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
13604     // Handle incomplete types with specific error.
13605     if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete))
13606       return ExprError();
13607     if (FieldName)
13608       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield)
13609         << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
13610     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield)
13611       << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
13612   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth),
13613                                              UPPC_BitFieldWidth))
13614     return ExprError();
13615 
13616   // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check
13617   // it now.
13618   if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent())
13619     return BitWidth;
13620 
13621   llvm::APSInt Value;
13622   ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value);
13623   if (ICE.isInvalid())
13624     return ICE;
13625   BitWidth = ICE.get();
13626 
13627   if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth)
13628     *ZeroWidth = false;
13629 
13630   // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field.
13631   if (Value == 0 && FieldName)
13632     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName;
13633 
13634   if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) {
13635     if (FieldName)
13636       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width)
13637                << FieldName << Value.toString(10);
13638     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width)
13639       << Value.toString(10);
13640   }
13641 
13642   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) {
13643     uint64_t TypeStorageSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy);
13644     uint64_t TypeWidth = Context.getIntWidth(FieldTy);
13645     bool BitfieldIsOverwide = Value.ugt(TypeWidth);
13646 
13647     // Over-wide bitfields are an error in C or when using the MSVC bitfield
13648     // ABI.
13649     bool CStdConstraintViolation =
13650         BitfieldIsOverwide && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
13651     bool MSBitfieldViolation =
13652         Value.ugt(TypeStorageSize) &&
13653         (IsMsStruct || Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft());
13654     if (CStdConstraintViolation || MSBitfieldViolation) {
13655       unsigned DiagWidth =
13656           CStdConstraintViolation ? TypeWidth : TypeStorageSize;
13657       if (FieldName)
13658         return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width)
13659                << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
13660                << !CStdConstraintViolation << DiagWidth;
13661 
13662       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width)
13663              << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << !CStdConstraintViolation
13664              << DiagWidth;
13665     }
13666 
13667     // Warn on types where the user might conceivably expect to get all
13668     // specified bits as value bits: that's all integral types other than
13669     // 'bool'.
13670     if (BitfieldIsOverwide && !FieldTy->isBooleanType()) {
13671       if (FieldName)
13672         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width)
13673             << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
13674             << (unsigned)TypeWidth;
13675       else
13676         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width)
13677             << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeWidth;
13678     }
13679   }
13680 
13681   return BitWidth;
13682 }
13683 
13684 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order
13685 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it.
13686 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
13687                        Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) {
13688   FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD),
13689                                DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth),
13690                                /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public);
13691   return Res;
13692 }
13693 
13694 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member.
13695 ///
13696 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record,
13697                              SourceLocation DeclStart,
13698                              Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth,
13699                              InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
13700                              AccessSpecifier AS) {
13701   if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) {
13702     const DecompositionDeclarator &Decomp = D.getDecompositionDeclarator();
13703     Diag(Decomp.getLSquareLoc(), diag::err_decomp_decl_context)
13704       << Decomp.getSourceRange();
13705     return nullptr;
13706   }
13707 
13708   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
13709   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
13710   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
13711 
13712   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
13713   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
13714   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
13715     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
13716 
13717     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
13718                                         UPPC_DataMemberType)) {
13719       D.setInvalidType();
13720       T = Context.IntTy;
13721       TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc);
13722     }
13723   }
13724 
13725   // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces.
13726   if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) {
13727     Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space);
13728     D.setInvalidType();
13729   }
13730 
13731   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9b,r & OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The following types cannot be
13732   // used as structure or union field: image, sampler, event or block types.
13733   if (LangOpts.OpenCL && (T->isEventT() || T->isImageType() ||
13734                           T->isSamplerT() || T->isBlockPointerType())) {
13735     Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_type_struct_or_union_field) << T;
13736     D.setInvalidType();
13737   }
13738 
13739   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
13740 
13741   if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified())
13742     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function)
13743         << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z;
13744   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
13745     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
13746          diag::err_invalid_thread)
13747       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
13748 
13749   // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously
13750   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr;
13751   LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration);
13752   LookupName(Previous, S);
13753   switch (Previous.getResultKind()) {
13754     case LookupResult::Found:
13755     case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
13756       PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
13757       break;
13758 
13759     case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
13760       PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
13761       break;
13762 
13763     case LookupResult::NotFound:
13764     case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
13765     case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
13766       break;
13767   }
13768   Previous.suppressDiagnostics();
13769 
13770   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
13771     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
13772     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
13773     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
13774     PrevDecl = nullptr;
13775   }
13776 
13777   if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S))
13778     PrevDecl = nullptr;
13779 
13780   bool Mutable
13781     = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable);
13782   SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart();
13783   FieldDecl *NewFD
13784     = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle,
13785                      TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D);
13786 
13787   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
13788     Record->setInvalidDecl();
13789 
13790   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
13791     NewFD->setModulePrivate();
13792 
13793   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) {
13794     // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something
13795     // with the same name in the same scope.
13796   } else if (II) {
13797     PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S);
13798   } else
13799     Record->addDecl(NewFD);
13800 
13801   return NewFD;
13802 }
13803 
13804 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness.
13805 ///
13806 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type,
13807 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration
13808 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be
13809 /// created.
13810 ///
13811 /// \returns a new FieldDecl.
13812 ///
13813 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once
13814 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
13815                                 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
13816                                 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
13817                                 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth,
13818                                 InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
13819                                 SourceLocation TSSL,
13820                                 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
13821                                 Declarator *D) {
13822   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
13823   bool InvalidDecl = false;
13824   if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType();
13825 
13826   // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and
13827   // marking this declaration as invalid.
13828   if (T.isNull()) {
13829     InvalidDecl = true;
13830     T = Context.IntTy;
13831   }
13832 
13833   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T);
13834   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
13835     if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
13836       // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid.
13837       Record->setInvalidDecl();
13838       InvalidDecl = true;
13839     } else {
13840       NamedDecl *Def;
13841       EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def);
13842       if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) {
13843         Record->setInvalidDecl();
13844         InvalidDecl = true;
13845       }
13846     }
13847   }
13848 
13849   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported.
13850   if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
13851     Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields);
13852     InvalidDecl = true;
13853   }
13854 
13855   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
13856   // than a variably modified type.
13857   if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
13858     bool SizeIsNegative;
13859     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
13860 
13861     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
13862       TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
13863                                                     SizeIsNegative,
13864                                                     Oversized);
13865     if (FixedTInfo) {
13866       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
13867       TInfo = FixedTInfo;
13868       T = FixedTInfo->getType();
13869     } else {
13870       if (SizeIsNegative)
13871         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
13872       else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
13873         Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large)
13874           << Oversized.toString(10);
13875       else
13876         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size);
13877       InvalidDecl = true;
13878     }
13879   }
13880 
13881   // Fields can not have abstract class types
13882   if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T,
13883                                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
13884                                              AbstractFieldType))
13885     InvalidDecl = true;
13886 
13887   bool ZeroWidth = false;
13888   if (InvalidDecl)
13889     BitWidth = nullptr;
13890   // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field.
13891   if (BitWidth) {
13892     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth,
13893                               &ZeroWidth).get();
13894     if (!BitWidth) {
13895       InvalidDecl = true;
13896       BitWidth = nullptr;
13897       ZeroWidth = false;
13898     }
13899   }
13900 
13901   // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration.
13902   if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) {
13903     unsigned DiagID = 0;
13904     if (T->isReferenceType())
13905       DiagID = getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? diag::ext_mutable_reference
13906                                         : diag::err_mutable_reference;
13907     else if (T.isConstQualified())
13908       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const;
13909 
13910     if (DiagID) {
13911       SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc;
13912       if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid())
13913         ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc();
13914       Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID);
13915       if (DiagID != diag::ext_mutable_reference) {
13916         Mutable = false;
13917         InvalidDecl = true;
13918       }
13919     }
13920   }
13921 
13922   // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460):
13923   //   At most one variant member of a union may have a
13924   //   brace-or-equal-initializer.
13925   if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit)
13926     checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc);
13927 
13928   FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo,
13929                                        BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle);
13930   if (InvalidDecl)
13931     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
13932 
13933   if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
13934     Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
13935     Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
13936     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
13937   }
13938 
13939   if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
13940     if (Record->isUnion()) {
13941       if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
13942         CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
13943         if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
13944           // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial
13945           // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial
13946           // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator
13947           // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such
13948           // objects.
13949           if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD))
13950             NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
13951         }
13952       }
13953 
13954       // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type,
13955       // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions
13956       // enabled.
13957       if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) {
13958         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
13959                                     diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type :
13960                                     diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type)
13961           << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy;
13962         if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
13963           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
13964       }
13965     }
13966   }
13967 
13968   // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST
13969   // representation, not a parser representation.
13970   if (D) {
13971     // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here.
13972     ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D);
13973 
13974     if (NewFD->hasAttrs())
13975       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD);
13976   }
13977 
13978   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of
13979   // retainable type.
13980   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD))
13981     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
13982 
13983   if (T.isObjCGCWeak())
13984     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field);
13985 
13986   NewFD->setAccess(AS);
13987   return NewFD;
13988 }
13989 
13990 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) {
13991   assert(FD);
13992   assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++");
13993 
13994   if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType())
13995     return false;
13996 
13997   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
13998   if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
13999     CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
14000     if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
14001       // We check for copy constructors before constructors
14002       // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about
14003       // copy constructors.
14004 
14005       CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid;
14006       // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the
14007       // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any
14008       // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a
14009       // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't
14010       // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.)
14011       if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor())
14012         member = CXXCopyConstructor;
14013       else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor())
14014         member = CXXDefaultConstructor;
14015       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment())
14016         member = CXXCopyAssignment;
14017       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor())
14018         member = CXXDestructor;
14019 
14020       if (member != CXXInvalid) {
14021         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
14022             getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) {
14023           // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of
14024           // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs
14025           // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions,
14026           // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those
14027           // members unavailable.
14028           SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation();
14029           if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) {
14030             if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>())
14031               FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "",
14032                             UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, Loc));
14033             return false;
14034           }
14035         }
14036 
14037         Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ?
14038                diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member :
14039                diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member)
14040           << FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member;
14041         DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member);
14042         return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11;
14043       }
14044     }
14045   }
14046 
14047   return false;
14048 }
14049 
14050 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an
14051 ///  AST enum value.
14052 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl
14053 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) {
14054   switch (ivarVisibility) {
14055   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind");
14056   case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private;
14057   case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public;
14058   case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected;
14059   case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package;
14060   }
14061 }
14062 
14063 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this
14064 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it.
14065 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S,
14066                                 SourceLocation DeclStart,
14067                                 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
14068                                 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) {
14069 
14070   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
14071   Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth;
14072   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
14073   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
14074 
14075   // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for
14076   // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace!
14077 
14078   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
14079   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
14080 
14081   if (BitWidth) {
14082     // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4
14083     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get();
14084     if (!BitWidth)
14085       D.setInvalidType();
14086   } else {
14087     // Not a bitfield.
14088 
14089     // validate II.
14090 
14091   }
14092   if (T->isReferenceType()) {
14093     Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type);
14094     D.setInvalidType();
14095   }
14096   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
14097   // than a variably modified type.
14098   else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
14099     Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size);
14100     D.setInvalidType();
14101   }
14102 
14103   // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar.
14104   ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac =
14105     Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility)
14106                                         : ObjCIvarDecl::None;
14107   // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface.
14108   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext);
14109   if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl())
14110     return nullptr;
14111   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext;
14112   if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
14113       dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
14114     if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) {
14115     // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class.
14116       EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface();
14117       assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!");
14118     }
14119     else
14120       EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
14121   } else {
14122     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
14123         dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
14124       if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) {
14125         Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension();
14126         return nullptr;
14127       }
14128     }
14129     EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
14130   }
14131 
14132   // Construct the decl.
14133   ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext,
14134                                              DeclStart, Loc, II, T,
14135                                              TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth);
14136 
14137   if (II) {
14138     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName,
14139                                            ForRedeclaration);
14140     if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S)
14141         && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
14142       Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
14143       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
14144       NewID->setInvalidDecl();
14145     }
14146   }
14147 
14148   // Process attributes attached to the ivar.
14149   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D);
14150 
14151   if (D.isInvalidType())
14152     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
14153 
14154   // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type.
14155   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID))
14156     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
14157 
14158   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
14159     NewID->setModulePrivate();
14160 
14161   if (II) {
14162     // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add
14163     // these to the interface.
14164     S->AddDecl(NewID);
14165     IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID);
14166   }
14167 
14168   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() &&
14169       !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl))
14170     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface);
14171 
14172   return NewID;
14173 }
14174 
14175 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for
14176 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class
14177 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type,
14178 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface.
14179 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc,
14180                              SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) {
14181   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty())
14182     return;
14183 
14184   Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1];
14185   ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl);
14186 
14187   if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0)
14188     return;
14189   ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext);
14190   if (!ID) {
14191     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) {
14192       if (!CD->IsClassExtension())
14193         return;
14194     }
14195     // No need to add this to end of @implementation.
14196     else
14197       return;
14198   }
14199   // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars.
14200   llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0);
14201   Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc);
14202 
14203   Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext),
14204                               DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr,
14205                               Context.CharTy,
14206                               Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy,
14207                                                                DeclLoc),
14208                               ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW,
14209                               true);
14210   AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar);
14211 }
14212 
14213 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl,
14214                        ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac,
14215                        SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) {
14216   assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl");
14217 
14218   // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have
14219   // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since
14220   // it will now change.
14221   if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
14222     ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
14223     switch (DC->getKind()) {
14224     default: break;
14225     case Decl::ObjCCategory:
14226       Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
14227       break;
14228     case Decl::ObjCImplementation:
14229       Context.
14230         ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
14231       break;
14232     }
14233   }
14234 
14235   RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
14236 
14237   // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include
14238   // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total.
14239   unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0;
14240   if (Record) {
14241     for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) {
14242       if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I))
14243         if (IFD->getDeclName())
14244           ++NumNamedMembers;
14245     }
14246   }
14247 
14248   // Verify that all the fields are okay.
14249   SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields;
14250 
14251   bool ARCErrReported = false;
14252   for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end();
14253        i != end; ++i) {
14254     FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i);
14255 
14256     // Get the type for the field.
14257     const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr();
14258 
14259     if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
14260       // Remember all fields written by the user.
14261       RecFields.push_back(FD);
14262     }
14263 
14264     // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more
14265     // diagnostics about it.
14266     if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
14267       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
14268       continue;
14269     }
14270 
14271     // C99 6.7.2.1p2:
14272     //   A structure or union shall not contain a member with
14273     //   incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not
14274     //   contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to
14275     //   an instance of itself), except that the last member of a
14276     //   structure with more than one named member may have incomplete
14277     //   array type; such a structure (and any union containing,
14278     //   possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure)
14279     //   shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an
14280     //   array.
14281     if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) {
14282       // Field declared as a function.
14283       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function)
14284         << FD->getDeclName();
14285       FD->setInvalidDecl();
14286       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
14287       continue;
14288     } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record &&
14289                ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) ||
14290                 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ||
14291                   getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) &&
14292                  (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) {
14293       // Flexible array member.
14294       // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array.
14295       // It will accept flexible array in union and also
14296       // as the sole element of a struct/class.
14297       unsigned DiagID = 0;
14298       if (Record->isUnion())
14299         DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt
14300                      ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms
14301                      : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
14302                            ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu
14303                            : diag::err_flexible_array_union;
14304       else if (NumNamedMembers < 1)
14305         DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt
14306                      ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms
14307                      : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
14308                            ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu
14309                            : diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate;
14310 
14311       if (DiagID)
14312         Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName()
14313                                         << Record->getTagKind();
14314       // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified
14315       // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place
14316       // virtual bases after the derived members.  This would make a flexible
14317       // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end
14318       // of the type.
14319       if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record))
14320         if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0)
14321           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base)
14322             << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
14323       if (!getLangOpts().C99)
14324         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member)
14325           << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
14326 
14327       // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not
14328       // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now.
14329       //
14330       // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete
14331       // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this.
14332       QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
14333       if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) {
14334         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor)
14335           << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
14336         FD->setInvalidDecl();
14337         EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
14338         continue;
14339       }
14340       // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct.
14341       Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
14342     } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() &&
14343                RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
14344                                    diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
14345       // Incomplete type
14346       FD->setInvalidDecl();
14347       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
14348       continue;
14349     } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
14350       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
14351         // A type which contains a flexible array member is considered to be a
14352         // flexible array member.
14353         Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
14354         if (!Record->isUnion()) {
14355           // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject
14356           // it.  Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of
14357           // structures.
14358           if (i + 1 != Fields.end())
14359             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct)
14360               << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
14361           else {
14362             // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in
14363             // other structs as an extension.
14364             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct)
14365               << FD->getDeclName();
14366           }
14367         }
14368       }
14369       if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) &&
14370           RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
14371                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
14372                                  AbstractIvarType)) {
14373         // Ivars can not have abstract class types
14374         FD->setInvalidDecl();
14375       }
14376       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
14377         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
14378       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember())
14379         Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
14380     } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) {
14381       /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object
14382       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
14383         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*");
14384       QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType());
14385       FD->setType(T);
14386     } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported &&
14387                (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) {
14388       // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime.
14389       // We don't want to report this in a system header, though,
14390       // so we just make the field unavailable.
14391       // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type
14392       // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy.
14393       QualType T = FD->getType();
14394       Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime();
14395       if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) {
14396         SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation();
14397         if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) {
14398           if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
14399             FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "",
14400                           UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, loc));
14401           }
14402         } else {
14403           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag)
14404             << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind();
14405         }
14406         ARCErrReported = true;
14407       }
14408     } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 &&
14409                getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC &&
14410                Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) {
14411       if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
14412           FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong())
14413         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
14414       else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) {
14415         QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
14416         if (BaseType->isRecordType() &&
14417             BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
14418           Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
14419         else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
14420                  BaseType.isObjCGCStrong())
14421                Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
14422       }
14423     }
14424     if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified())
14425       Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
14426     // Keep track of the number of named members.
14427     if (FD->getIdentifier())
14428       ++NumNamedMembers;
14429   }
14430 
14431   // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'.
14432   if (Record) {
14433     bool Completed = false;
14434     if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) {
14435       if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) {
14436         // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions.
14437         for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator
14438                I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(),
14439                E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I)
14440           I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess());
14441       }
14442 
14443       if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) {
14444         if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) {
14445           // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec.
14446           if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
14447             AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord,
14448                                           CXXRecord->getDestructor());
14449         }
14450 
14451         if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) {
14452           // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class.
14453           AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord);
14454 
14455           // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple
14456           // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this
14457           // problem now.
14458           if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) {
14459             CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders;
14460             CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders);
14461 
14462             for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(),
14463                                              MEnd = FinalOverriders.end();
14464                  M != MEnd; ++M) {
14465               for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(),
14466                                             SOEnd = M->second.end();
14467                    SO != SOEnd; ++SO) {
14468                 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 &&
14469                        "Virtual function without overridding functions?");
14470                 if (SO->second.size() == 1)
14471                   continue;
14472 
14473                 // C++ [class.virtual]p2:
14474                 //   In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base
14475                 //   class subobject has more than one final overrider the
14476                 //   program is ill-formed.
14477                 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders)
14478                   << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record;
14479                 Diag(M->first->getLocation(),
14480                      diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
14481                 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator
14482                           OM = SO->second.begin(),
14483                        OMEnd = SO->second.end();
14484                      OM != OMEnd; ++OM)
14485                   Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider)
14486                     << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent();
14487 
14488                 Record->setInvalidDecl();
14489               }
14490             }
14491             CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders);
14492             Completed = true;
14493           }
14494         }
14495       }
14496     }
14497 
14498     if (!Completed)
14499       Record->completeDefinition();
14500 
14501     // We may have deferred checking for a deleted destructor. Check now.
14502     if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) {
14503       auto *Dtor = CXXRecord->getDestructor();
14504       if (Dtor && Dtor->isImplicit() &&
14505           ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(Dtor, CXXDestructor))
14506         SetDeclDeleted(Dtor, CXXRecord->getLocation());
14507     }
14508 
14509     if (Record->hasAttrs()) {
14510       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record);
14511 
14512       if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>())
14513         checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record),
14514                                            IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(),
14515                                            IA->getSemanticSpelling());
14516     }
14517 
14518     // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero
14519     // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause
14520     // compatibility problems.
14521     bool CheckForZeroSize;
14522     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
14523       CheckForZeroSize = true;
14524     } else {
14525       // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code.
14526       CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record);
14527       CheckForZeroSize =
14528           CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() &&
14529           !CXXRecord->isDependentType() &&
14530           CXXRecord->isCLike();
14531     }
14532     if (CheckForZeroSize) {
14533       bool ZeroSize = true;
14534       bool IsEmpty = true;
14535       unsigned NonBitFields = 0;
14536       for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(),
14537                                       E = Record->field_end();
14538            (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) {
14539         IsEmpty = false;
14540         if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) {
14541           if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0)
14542             ZeroSize = false;
14543         } else {
14544           ++NonBitFields;
14545           QualType FieldType = I->getType();
14546           if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() ||
14547               !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero())
14548             ZeroSize = false;
14549         }
14550       }
14551 
14552       // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are
14553       // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside
14554       // extern "C" block.
14555       if (ZeroSize) {
14556         Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ?
14557                          diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c :
14558                          diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat)
14559           << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1);
14560       }
14561 
14562       // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7),
14563       // but are accepted by GCC.
14564       if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
14565         Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union :
14566                                diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union)
14567           << Record->isUnion();
14568       }
14569     }
14570   } else {
14571     ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields =
14572       reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data());
14573     if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
14574       ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac);
14575       // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext.
14576       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
14577         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID);
14578         ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
14579       }
14580       // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be
14581       // duplicates.
14582       if (ID->getSuperClass())
14583         DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass());
14584     } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
14585                   dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
14586       assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl");
14587       for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I)
14588         // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation.
14589         // Only it is in implementation's lexical context.
14590         ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl);
14591       CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac);
14592       IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
14593       IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
14594     } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
14595                 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
14596       // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been
14597       // reported as errors elsewhere.
14598       // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field.
14599       // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac);
14600       // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext.
14601       // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars.
14602       ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface();
14603       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
14604         if (IDecl) {
14605           if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar =
14606               IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
14607             Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
14608                  diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
14609             Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
14610             continue;
14611           }
14612           for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) {
14613             if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar
14614                   = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
14615               Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
14616                    diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
14617               Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
14618               continue;
14619             }
14620           }
14621         }
14622         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl);
14623         CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
14624       }
14625       CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
14626       CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
14627     }
14628   }
14629 
14630   if (Attr)
14631     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr);
14632 }
14633 
14634 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within
14635 /// the given type T.
14636 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context,
14637                                         llvm::APSInt &Value,
14638                                         QualType T) {
14639   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
14640   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T);
14641 
14642   if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) {
14643     if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType())
14644       --BitWidth;
14645     return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth;
14646   }
14647   return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth;
14648 }
14649 
14650 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type
14651 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists).
14652 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) {
14653   // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into
14654   // enum checking below.
14655   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
14656   const unsigned NumTypes = 4;
14657   QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
14658     Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy
14659   };
14660   QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
14661     Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy,
14662     Context.UnsignedLongLongTy
14663   };
14664 
14665   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T);
14666   QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes
14667                                                         : UnsignedIntegralTypes;
14668   for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I)
14669     if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth)
14670       return Types[I];
14671 
14672   return QualType();
14673 }
14674 
14675 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
14676                                           EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
14677                                           SourceLocation IdLoc,
14678                                           IdentifierInfo *Id,
14679                                           Expr *Val) {
14680   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
14681   llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth);
14682   QualType EltTy;
14683 
14684   if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue))
14685     Val = nullptr;
14686 
14687   if (Val)
14688     Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get();
14689 
14690   if (Val) {
14691     if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent())
14692       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
14693     else {
14694       SourceLocation ExpLoc;
14695       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() &&
14696           !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
14697         // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the
14698         // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted
14699         // constant expression of the underlying type.
14700         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
14701         ExprResult Converted =
14702           CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal,
14703                                            CCEK_Enumerator);
14704         if (Converted.isInvalid())
14705           Val = nullptr;
14706         else
14707           Val = Converted.get();
14708       } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() &&
14709                  !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val,
14710                                                          &EnumVal).get())) {
14711         // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression.
14712       } else {
14713         if (Enum->isFixed()) {
14714           EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
14715 
14716           // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be
14717           // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11,
14718           // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant
14719           // expression checking.
14720           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
14721             if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
14722               Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
14723               Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get();
14724             } else
14725               Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
14726           } else
14727             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy,
14728                                     EltTy->isBooleanType() ?
14729                                     CK_IntegralToBoolean : CK_IntegralCast)
14730                     .get();
14731         } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
14732           // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5:
14733           //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
14734           //   is the type of its initializing value:
14735           //     - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the
14736           //       initializing value has the same type as the expression.
14737           EltTy = Val->getType();
14738         } else {
14739           // C99 6.7.2.2p2:
14740           //   The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant
14741           //   shall be an integer constant expression that has a value
14742           //   representable as an int.
14743 
14744           // Complain if the value is not representable in an int.
14745           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy))
14746             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
14747               << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange()
14748               << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative());
14749           else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) {
14750             // Force the type of the expression to 'int'.
14751             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get();
14752           }
14753           EltTy = Val->getType();
14754         }
14755       }
14756     }
14757   }
14758 
14759   if (!Val) {
14760     if (Enum->isDependentType())
14761       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
14762     else if (!LastEnumConst) {
14763       // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
14764       //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
14765       //   is the type of its initializing value:
14766       //     - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the
14767       //       initializing value has an unspecified integral type.
14768       //
14769       // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does
14770       // C99 6.7.2.2p3.
14771       if (Enum->isFixed()) {
14772         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
14773       }
14774       else {
14775         EltTy = Context.IntTy;
14776       }
14777     } else {
14778       // Assign the last value + 1.
14779       EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
14780       ++EnumVal;
14781       EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType();
14782 
14783       // Check for overflow on increment.
14784       if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) {
14785         // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
14786         //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
14787         //   is the type of its initializing value:
14788         //
14789         //     - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as
14790         //       the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator
14791         //       unless the incremented value is not representable in that type,
14792         //       in which case the type is an unspecified integral type
14793         //       sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type
14794         //       exists, the program is ill-formed.
14795         QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy);
14796         if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) {
14797           // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this
14798           // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around.
14799           EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
14800           EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2);
14801           ++EnumVal;
14802           if (Enum->isFixed())
14803             // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed.
14804             Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped)
14805               << EnumVal.toString(10)
14806               << EltTy;
14807           else
14808             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large)
14809               << EnumVal.toString(10);
14810         } else {
14811           EltTy = T;
14812         }
14813 
14814         // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the
14815         // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented
14816         // value, then increment.
14817         EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
14818         EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
14819         EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
14820         ++EnumVal;
14821 
14822         // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values,
14823         // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in
14824         // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that
14825         // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger
14826         // integral type.
14827         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull())
14828           Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow);
14829       } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
14830                  !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
14831         // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value.
14832         Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
14833           << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1;
14834       }
14835     }
14836   }
14837 
14838   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
14839     // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the
14840     // enumerator's type.
14841     EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
14842     EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
14843   }
14844 
14845   return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy,
14846                                   Val, EnumVal);
14847 }
14848 
14849 Sema::SkipBodyInfo Sema::shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II,
14850                                                 SourceLocation IILoc) {
14851   if (!(getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) ||
14852       !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
14853     return SkipBodyInfo();
14854 
14855   // We have an anonymous enum definition. Look up the first enumerator to
14856   // determine if we should merge the definition with an existing one and
14857   // skip the body.
14858   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName,
14859                                          ForRedeclaration);
14860   auto *PrevECD = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl);
14861   if (!PrevECD)
14862     return SkipBodyInfo();
14863 
14864   EnumDecl *PrevED = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevECD->getDeclContext());
14865   NamedDecl *Hidden;
14866   if (!PrevED->getDeclName() && !hasVisibleDefinition(PrevED, &Hidden)) {
14867     SkipBodyInfo Skip;
14868     Skip.Previous = Hidden;
14869     return Skip;
14870   }
14871 
14872   return SkipBodyInfo();
14873 }
14874 
14875 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst,
14876                               SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
14877                               AttributeList *Attr,
14878                               SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) {
14879   EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl);
14880   EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst =
14881     cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst);
14882 
14883   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
14884   // we find one that is.
14885   S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
14886 
14887   // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this
14888   // scope.
14889   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName,
14890                                          ForRedeclaration);
14891   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
14892     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
14893     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl);
14894     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
14895     PrevDecl = nullptr;
14896   }
14897 
14898   // C++ [class.mem]p15:
14899   // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name
14900   // different from T:
14901   // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped
14902   // enumerated type
14903   if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped())
14904     DiagnoseClassNameShadow(TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext(),
14905                             DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc));
14906 
14907   EnumConstantDecl *New =
14908     CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val);
14909   if (!New)
14910     return nullptr;
14911 
14912   if (PrevDecl) {
14913     // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the
14914     // enum constant will 'hide' the tag.
14915     assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) &&
14916            "Received TagDecl when not in C++!");
14917     if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S) &&
14918         shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(PrevDecl, New)) {
14919       if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl))
14920         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id;
14921       else
14922         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id;
14923       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
14924       return nullptr;
14925     }
14926   }
14927 
14928   // Process attributes.
14929   if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
14930 
14931   // Register this decl in the current scope stack.
14932   New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess());
14933   PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
14934 
14935   ActOnDocumentableDecl(New);
14936 
14937   return New;
14938 }
14939 
14940 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the
14941 // duplicate enum warning.  A few common cases are exempted as follows:
14942 // Element2 = Element1
14943 // Element2 = Element1 + 1
14944 // Element2 = Element1 - 1
14945 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum.
14946 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) {
14947   Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr();
14948   if (!InitExpr)
14949     return true;
14950   InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts();
14951 
14952   if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) {
14953     if (!BO->isAdditiveOp())
14954       return true;
14955     IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS());
14956     if (!IL)
14957       return true;
14958     if (IL->getValue() != 1)
14959       return true;
14960 
14961     InitExpr = BO->getLHS();
14962   }
14963 
14964   // This checks if the elements are from the same enum.
14965   DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr);
14966   if (!DRE)
14967     return true;
14968 
14969   EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
14970   if (!EnumConstant)
14971     return true;
14972 
14973   if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) !=
14974       Enum)
14975     return true;
14976 
14977   return false;
14978 }
14979 
14980 namespace {
14981 struct DupKey {
14982   int64_t val;
14983   bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey;
14984   DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey)
14985     : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {}
14986 };
14987 
14988 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) {
14989   return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(),
14990                 false);
14991 }
14992 
14993 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey {
14994   static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); }
14995   static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); }
14996   static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) {
14997     return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37);
14998   }
14999   static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) {
15000     return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey &&
15001            LHS.val == RHS.val;
15002   }
15003 };
15004 } // end anonymous namespace
15005 
15006 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that
15007 // a previous element has already been set to.
15008 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
15009                                         EnumDecl *Enum,
15010                                         QualType EnumType) {
15011   if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation()))
15012     return;
15013   // Avoid anonymous enums
15014   if (!Enum->getIdentifier())
15015     return;
15016 
15017   // Only check for small enums.
15018   if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64)
15019     return;
15020 
15021   typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector;
15022   typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector;
15023 
15024   typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector;
15025   typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey>
15026           ValueToVectorMap;
15027 
15028   DuplicatesVector DupVector;
15029   ValueToVectorMap EnumMap;
15030 
15031   // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without
15032   // an initialier.
15033   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
15034     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
15035 
15036     // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for
15037     // this constant.  Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed.
15038     if (!ECD) {
15039       return;
15040     }
15041 
15042     if (ECD->getInitExpr())
15043       continue;
15044 
15045     DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal());
15046     DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key];
15047 
15048     // First time encountering this value.
15049     if (Entry.isNull())
15050       Entry = ECD;
15051   }
15052 
15053   // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates.
15054   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
15055     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
15056     if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum))
15057       continue;
15058 
15059     DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal());
15060 
15061     DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key];
15062     if (Entry.isNull())
15063       continue;
15064 
15065     if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) {
15066       // Ensure constants are different.
15067       if (D == ECD)
15068         continue;
15069 
15070       // Create new vector and push values onto it.
15071       ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector();
15072       Vec->push_back(D);
15073       Vec->push_back(ECD);
15074 
15075       // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector.
15076       Entry = Vec;
15077 
15078       // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of
15079       // diagnostics.
15080       DupVector.push_back(Vec);
15081       continue;
15082     }
15083 
15084     ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>();
15085     // Make sure constants are not added more than once.
15086     if (*Vec->begin() == ECD)
15087       continue;
15088 
15089     Vec->push_back(ECD);
15090   }
15091 
15092   // Emit diagnostics.
15093   for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(),
15094                                   DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end();
15095        DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) {
15096     ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter;
15097     assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements.");
15098 
15099     // Emit warning for one enum constant.
15100     ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin();
15101     S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values)
15102       << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10)
15103       << (*I)->getSourceRange();
15104     ++I;
15105 
15106     // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with
15107     // the same value.
15108     for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I)
15109       S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element)
15110         << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10)
15111         << (*I)->getSourceRange();
15112     delete Vec;
15113   }
15114 }
15115 
15116 bool Sema::IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val,
15117                              bool AllowMask) const {
15118   assert(ED->hasAttr<FlagEnumAttr>() && "looking for value in non-flag enum");
15119   assert(ED->isCompleteDefinition() && "expected enum definition");
15120 
15121   auto R = FlagBitsCache.insert(std::make_pair(ED, llvm::APInt()));
15122   llvm::APInt &FlagBits = R.first->second;
15123 
15124   if (R.second) {
15125     for (auto *E : ED->enumerators()) {
15126       const auto &EVal = E->getInitVal();
15127       // Only single-bit enumerators introduce new flag values.
15128       if (EVal.isPowerOf2())
15129         FlagBits = FlagBits.zextOrSelf(EVal.getBitWidth()) | EVal;
15130     }
15131   }
15132 
15133   // A value is in a flag enum if either its bits are a subset of the enum's
15134   // flag bits (the first condition) or we are allowing masks and the same is
15135   // true of its complement (the second condition). When masks are allowed, we
15136   // allow the common idiom of ~(enum1 | enum2) to be a valid enum value.
15137   //
15138   // While it's true that any value could be used as a mask, the assumption is
15139   // that a mask will have all of the insignificant bits set. Anything else is
15140   // likely a logic error.
15141   llvm::APInt FlagMask = ~FlagBits.zextOrTrunc(Val.getBitWidth());
15142   return !(FlagMask & Val) || (AllowMask && !(FlagMask & ~Val));
15143 }
15144 
15145 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceRange BraceRange,
15146                          Decl *EnumDeclX,
15147                          ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
15148                          Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) {
15149   EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX);
15150   QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum);
15151 
15152   if (Attr)
15153     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr);
15154 
15155   if (Enum->isDependentType()) {
15156     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
15157       EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
15158         cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
15159       if (!ECD) continue;
15160 
15161       ECD->setType(EnumType);
15162     }
15163 
15164     Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0);
15165     return;
15166   }
15167 
15168   // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long
15169   // long value.  ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension,
15170   // emit a warning.
15171   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
15172   unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth();
15173   unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth();
15174 
15175   // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and
15176   // reverse the list.
15177   unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0;
15178   unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0;
15179 
15180   // Keep track of whether all elements have type int.
15181   bool AllElementsInt = true;
15182 
15183   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
15184     EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
15185       cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
15186     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
15187 
15188     const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
15189 
15190     // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values.
15191     if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative())
15192       NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits,
15193                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits());
15194     else
15195       NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits,
15196                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits());
15197 
15198     // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon).
15199     if (AllElementsInt)
15200       AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy;
15201   }
15202 
15203   // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum.
15204   QualType BestType;
15205   unsigned BestWidth;
15206 
15207   // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3:
15208   //   An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying
15209   //   type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first
15210   //   of the following types that can represent all the values of
15211   //   the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long
15212   //   int, long long int, or unsigned long long int.
15213   // C99 6.4.4.3p2:
15214   //   An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int.
15215   // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension
15216   QualType BestPromotionType;
15217 
15218   bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>();
15219   // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all
15220   // enum definitions.
15221   if (LangOpts.ShortEnums)
15222     Packed = true;
15223 
15224   if (Enum->isFixed()) {
15225     BestType = Enum->getIntegerType();
15226     if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType())
15227       BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType);
15228     else
15229       BestPromotionType = BestType;
15230 
15231     BestWidth = Context.getIntWidth(BestType);
15232   }
15233   else if (NumNegativeBits) {
15234     // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of
15235     // int/long/longlong) that fits.
15236     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
15237     if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) {
15238       BestType = Context.SignedCharTy;
15239       BestWidth = CharWidth;
15240     } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth &&
15241                NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) {
15242       BestType = Context.ShortTy;
15243       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
15244     } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) {
15245       BestType = Context.IntTy;
15246       BestWidth = IntWidth;
15247     } else {
15248       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth();
15249 
15250       if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) {
15251         BestType = Context.LongTy;
15252       } else {
15253         BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
15254 
15255         if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth)
15256           Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large);
15257         BestType = Context.LongLongTy;
15258       }
15259     }
15260     BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType);
15261   } else {
15262     // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits
15263     // all of the enumerator values.
15264     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
15265     if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) {
15266       BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
15267       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
15268       BestWidth = CharWidth;
15269     } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) {
15270       BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
15271       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
15272       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
15273     } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) {
15274       BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
15275       BestWidth = IntWidth;
15276       BestPromotionType
15277         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
15278                            ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
15279     } else if (NumPositiveBits <=
15280                (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) {
15281       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
15282       BestPromotionType
15283         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
15284                            ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
15285     } else {
15286       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
15287       assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth &&
15288              "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?");
15289       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
15290       BestPromotionType
15291         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
15292                            ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
15293     }
15294   }
15295 
15296   // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match
15297   // the type of the enum if needed.
15298   for (auto *D : Elements) {
15299     auto *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D);
15300     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
15301 
15302     // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an
15303     // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size.  If each
15304     // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the
15305     // same as the enumerator decl itself.  This means that in "enum { X = 1U }"
15306     // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'.
15307 
15308     // Determine whether the value fits into an int.
15309     llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
15310 
15311     // If it fits into an integer type, force it.  Otherwise force it to match
15312     // the enum decl type.
15313     QualType NewTy;
15314     unsigned NewWidth;
15315     bool NewSign;
15316     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
15317         !Enum->isFixed() &&
15318         isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) {
15319       NewTy = Context.IntTy;
15320       NewWidth = IntWidth;
15321       NewSign = true;
15322     } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) {
15323       // Already the right type!
15324       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
15325         // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
15326         // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
15327         // enumeration.
15328         ECD->setType(EnumType);
15329       continue;
15330     } else {
15331       NewTy = BestType;
15332       NewWidth = BestWidth;
15333       NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
15334     }
15335 
15336     // Adjust the APSInt value.
15337     InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth);
15338     InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign);
15339     ECD->setInitVal(InitVal);
15340 
15341     // Adjust the Expr initializer and type.
15342     if (ECD->getInitExpr() &&
15343         !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType()))
15344       ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy,
15345                                                 CK_IntegralCast,
15346                                                 ECD->getInitExpr(),
15347                                                 /*base paths*/ nullptr,
15348                                                 VK_RValue));
15349     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
15350       // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
15351       // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
15352       // enumeration.
15353       ECD->setType(EnumType);
15354     else
15355       ECD->setType(NewTy);
15356   }
15357 
15358   Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType,
15359                            NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits);
15360 
15361   CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType);
15362 
15363   if (Enum->hasAttr<FlagEnumAttr>()) {
15364     for (Decl *D : Elements) {
15365       EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D);
15366       if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
15367 
15368       llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
15369       if (InitVal != 0 && !InitVal.isPowerOf2() &&
15370           !IsValueInFlagEnum(Enum, InitVal, true))
15371         Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_flag_enum_constant_out_of_range)
15372           << ECD << Enum;
15373     }
15374   }
15375 
15376   // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned.
15377   if (Enum->hasAttrs())
15378     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum);
15379 }
15380 
15381 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
15382                                   SourceLocation StartLoc,
15383                                   SourceLocation EndLoc) {
15384   StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr);
15385 
15386   FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
15387                                                    AsmString, StartLoc,
15388                                                    EndLoc);
15389   CurContext->addDecl(New);
15390   return New;
15391 }
15392 
15393 static void checkModuleImportContext(Sema &S, Module *M,
15394                                      SourceLocation ImportLoc, DeclContext *DC,
15395                                      bool FromInclude = false) {
15396   SourceLocation ExternCLoc;
15397 
15398   if (auto *LSD = dyn_cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) {
15399     switch (LSD->getLanguage()) {
15400     case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c:
15401       if (ExternCLoc.isInvalid())
15402         ExternCLoc = LSD->getLocStart();
15403       break;
15404     case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx:
15405       break;
15406     }
15407     DC = LSD->getParent();
15408   }
15409 
15410   while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC))
15411     DC = DC->getParent();
15412 
15413   if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) {
15414     S.Diag(ImportLoc, (FromInclude && S.isModuleVisible(M))
15415                           ? diag::ext_module_import_not_at_top_level_noop
15416                           : diag::err_module_import_not_at_top_level_fatal)
15417         << M->getFullModuleName() << DC;
15418     S.Diag(cast<Decl>(DC)->getLocStart(),
15419            diag::note_module_import_not_at_top_level) << DC;
15420   } else if (!M->IsExternC && ExternCLoc.isValid()) {
15421     S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::ext_module_import_in_extern_c)
15422       << M->getFullModuleName();
15423     S.Diag(ExternCLoc, diag::note_extern_c_begins_here);
15424   }
15425 }
15426 
15427 void Sema::diagnoseMisplacedModuleImport(Module *M, SourceLocation ImportLoc) {
15428   return checkModuleImportContext(*this, M, ImportLoc, CurContext);
15429 }
15430 
15431 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ActOnModuleDecl(SourceLocation ModuleLoc,
15432                                            ModuleDeclKind MDK,
15433                                            ModuleIdPath Path) {
15434   // 'module implementation' requires that we are not compiling a module of any
15435   // kind. 'module' and 'module partition' require that we are compiling a
15436   // module inteface (not a module map).
15437   auto CMK = getLangOpts().getCompilingModule();
15438   if (MDK == ModuleDeclKind::Implementation
15439           ? CMK != LangOptions::CMK_None
15440           : CMK != LangOptions::CMK_ModuleInterface) {
15441     Diag(ModuleLoc, diag::err_module_interface_implementation_mismatch)
15442       << (unsigned)MDK;
15443     return nullptr;
15444   }
15445 
15446   // FIXME: Create a ModuleDecl and return it.
15447 
15448   // FIXME: Most of this work should be done by the preprocessor rather than
15449   // here, in case we look ahead across something where the current
15450   // module matters (eg a #include).
15451 
15452   // The dots in a module name in the Modules TS are a lie. Unlike Clang's
15453   // hierarchical module map modules, the dots here are just another character
15454   // that can appear in a module name. Flatten down to the actual module name.
15455   std::string ModuleName;
15456   for (auto &Piece : Path) {
15457     if (!ModuleName.empty())
15458       ModuleName += ".";
15459     ModuleName += Piece.first->getName();
15460   }
15461 
15462   // If a module name was explicitly specified on the command line, it must be
15463   // correct.
15464   if (!getLangOpts().CurrentModule.empty() &&
15465       getLangOpts().CurrentModule != ModuleName) {
15466     Diag(Path.front().second, diag::err_current_module_name_mismatch)
15467         << SourceRange(Path.front().second, Path.back().second)
15468         << getLangOpts().CurrentModule;
15469     return nullptr;
15470   }
15471   const_cast<LangOptions&>(getLangOpts()).CurrentModule = ModuleName;
15472 
15473   auto &Map = PP.getHeaderSearchInfo().getModuleMap();
15474 
15475   switch (MDK) {
15476   case ModuleDeclKind::Module: {
15477     // FIXME: Check we're not in a submodule.
15478 
15479     // We can't have imported a definition of this module or parsed a module
15480     // map defining it already.
15481     if (auto *M = Map.findModule(ModuleName)) {
15482       Diag(Path[0].second, diag::err_module_redefinition) << ModuleName;
15483       if (M->DefinitionLoc.isValid())
15484         Diag(M->DefinitionLoc, diag::note_prev_module_definition);
15485       else if (const auto *FE = M->getASTFile())
15486         Diag(M->DefinitionLoc, diag::note_prev_module_definition_from_ast_file)
15487             << FE->getName();
15488       return nullptr;
15489     }
15490 
15491     // Create a Module for the module that we're defining.
15492     Module *Mod = Map.createModuleForInterfaceUnit(ModuleLoc, ModuleName);
15493     assert(Mod && "module creation should not fail");
15494 
15495     // Enter the semantic scope of the module.
15496     ActOnModuleBegin(ModuleLoc, Mod);
15497     return nullptr;
15498   }
15499 
15500   case ModuleDeclKind::Partition:
15501     // FIXME: Check we are in a submodule of the named module.
15502     return nullptr;
15503 
15504   case ModuleDeclKind::Implementation:
15505     std::pair<IdentifierInfo *, SourceLocation> ModuleNameLoc(
15506         PP.getIdentifierInfo(ModuleName), Path[0].second);
15507 
15508     DeclResult Import = ActOnModuleImport(ModuleLoc, ModuleLoc, ModuleNameLoc);
15509     if (Import.isInvalid())
15510       return nullptr;
15511     return ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Import.get());
15512   }
15513 
15514   llvm_unreachable("unexpected module decl kind");
15515 }
15516 
15517 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation StartLoc,
15518                                    SourceLocation ImportLoc,
15519                                    ModuleIdPath Path) {
15520   Module *Mod =
15521       getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible,
15522                                    /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false);
15523   if (!Mod)
15524     return true;
15525 
15526   VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, ImportLoc);
15527 
15528   checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, ImportLoc, CurContext);
15529 
15530   // FIXME: we should support importing a submodule within a different submodule
15531   // of the same top-level module. Until we do, make it an error rather than
15532   // silently ignoring the import.
15533   // Import-from-implementation is valid in the Modules TS. FIXME: Should we
15534   // warn on a redundant import of the current module?
15535   if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().CurrentModule &&
15536       (getLangOpts().isCompilingModule() || !getLangOpts().ModulesTS))
15537     Diag(ImportLoc, getLangOpts().isCompilingModule()
15538                         ? diag::err_module_self_import
15539                         : diag::err_module_import_in_implementation)
15540         << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().CurrentModule;
15541 
15542   SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs;
15543   Module *ModCheck = Mod;
15544   for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) {
15545     // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers.
15546     // We need the length to be consistent.
15547     if (!ModCheck)
15548       break;
15549     ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent;
15550 
15551     IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second);
15552   }
15553 
15554   TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl();
15555   ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, TU, StartLoc,
15556                                           Mod, IdentifierLocs);
15557   if (!ModuleScopes.empty())
15558     Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, Import);
15559   TU->addDecl(Import);
15560   return Import;
15561 }
15562 
15563 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) {
15564   checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext, true);
15565   BuildModuleInclude(DirectiveLoc, Mod);
15566 }
15567 
15568 void Sema::BuildModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) {
15569   // Determine whether we're in the #include buffer for a module. The #includes
15570   // in that buffer do not qualify as module imports; they're just an
15571   // implementation detail of us building the module.
15572   //
15573   // FIXME: Should we even get ActOnModuleInclude calls for those?
15574   bool IsInModuleIncludes =
15575       TUKind == TU_Module &&
15576       getSourceManager().isWrittenInMainFile(DirectiveLoc);
15577 
15578   bool ShouldAddImport = !IsInModuleIncludes;
15579 
15580   // If this module import was due to an inclusion directive, create an
15581   // implicit import declaration to capture it in the AST.
15582   if (ShouldAddImport) {
15583     TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl();
15584     ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU,
15585                                                      DirectiveLoc, Mod,
15586                                                      DirectiveLoc);
15587     if (!ModuleScopes.empty())
15588       Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, ImportD);
15589     TU->addDecl(ImportD);
15590     Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD);
15591   }
15592 
15593   getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc);
15594   VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc);
15595 }
15596 
15597 void Sema::ActOnModuleBegin(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) {
15598   checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext);
15599 
15600   ModuleScopes.push_back({});
15601   ModuleScopes.back().Module = Mod;
15602   if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility)
15603     ModuleScopes.back().OuterVisibleModules = std::move(VisibleModules);
15604 
15605   VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc);
15606 }
15607 
15608 void Sema::ActOnModuleEnd(SourceLocation EofLoc, Module *Mod) {
15609   checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, EofLoc, CurContext);
15610 
15611   if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) {
15612     VisibleModules = std::move(ModuleScopes.back().OuterVisibleModules);
15613     // Leaving a module hides namespace names, so our visible namespace cache
15614     // is now out of date.
15615     VisibleNamespaceCache.clear();
15616   }
15617 
15618   assert(!ModuleScopes.empty() && ModuleScopes.back().Module == Mod &&
15619          "left the wrong module scope");
15620   ModuleScopes.pop_back();
15621 
15622   // We got to the end of processing a #include of a local module. Create an
15623   // ImportDecl as we would for an imported module.
15624   FileID File = getSourceManager().getFileID(EofLoc);
15625   assert(File != getSourceManager().getMainFileID() &&
15626          "end of submodule in main source file");
15627   SourceLocation DirectiveLoc = getSourceManager().getIncludeLoc(File);
15628   BuildModuleInclude(DirectiveLoc, Mod);
15629 }
15630 
15631 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc,
15632                                                       Module *Mod) {
15633   // Bail if we're not allowed to implicitly import a module here.
15634   if (isSFINAEContext() || !getLangOpts().ModulesErrorRecovery)
15635     return;
15636 
15637   // Create the implicit import declaration.
15638   TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl();
15639   ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU,
15640                                                    Loc, Mod, Loc);
15641   TU->addDecl(ImportD);
15642   Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD);
15643 
15644   // Make the module visible.
15645   getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc);
15646   VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, Loc);
15647 }
15648 
15649 /// We have parsed the start of an export declaration, including the '{'
15650 /// (if present).
15651 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartExportDecl(Scope *S, SourceLocation ExportLoc,
15652                                  SourceLocation LBraceLoc) {
15653   ExportDecl *D = ExportDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, ExportLoc);
15654 
15655   // C++ Modules TS draft:
15656   //   An export-declaration [...] shall not contain more than one
15657   //   export keyword.
15658   //
15659   // The intent here is that an export-declaration cannot appear within another
15660   // export-declaration.
15661   if (D->isExported())
15662     Diag(ExportLoc, diag::err_export_within_export);
15663 
15664   CurContext->addDecl(D);
15665   PushDeclContext(S, D);
15666   return D;
15667 }
15668 
15669 /// Complete the definition of an export declaration.
15670 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishExportDecl(Scope *S, Decl *D, SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
15671   auto *ED = cast<ExportDecl>(D);
15672   if (RBraceLoc.isValid())
15673     ED->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc);
15674 
15675   // FIXME: Diagnose export of internal-linkage declaration (including
15676   // anonymous namespace).
15677 
15678   PopDeclContext();
15679   return D;
15680 }
15681 
15682 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name,
15683                                       IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
15684                                       SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
15685                                       SourceLocation NameLoc,
15686                                       SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
15687   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc,
15688                                          LookupOrdinaryName);
15689   AsmLabelAttr *Attr =
15690       AsmLabelAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, AliasName->getName(), AliasNameLoc);
15691 
15692   // If a declaration that:
15693   // 1) declares a function or a variable
15694   // 2) has external linkage
15695   // already exists, add a label attribute to it.
15696   if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) {
15697     if (isDeclExternC(PrevDecl))
15698       PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr);
15699     else
15700       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied)
15701           << /*Variable*/(isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) ? 0 : 1) << PrevDecl;
15702   // Otherwise, add a label atttibute to ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.
15703   } else
15704     (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(std::make_pair(Name, Attr));
15705 }
15706 
15707 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name,
15708                              SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
15709                              SourceLocation NameLoc) {
15710   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
15711 
15712   if (PrevDecl) {
15713     PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc));
15714   } else {
15715     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
15716       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>
15717         (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc)));
15718   }
15719 }
15720 
15721 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name,
15722                                 IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
15723                                 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
15724                                 SourceLocation NameLoc,
15725                                 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
15726   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc,
15727                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
15728   WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc);
15729 
15730   if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) {
15731     if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>())
15732       if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl))
15733         DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W);
15734   } else {
15735     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
15736       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W));
15737   }
15738 }
15739 
15740 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const {
15741   return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext));
15742 }
15743